Table of Contents
- User Guide
- Copyright
- 1 Safety information
- 2 Learn about the printer
- 3 Set up, Install, and Configure
- Selecting a location for the printer
- Attaching cables
- Finding the IP Address of the Printer
- Installing optional trays
- Initial Setup Wizard
- Xerox® Easy Assist App
- Networking
- Connecting the printer to a wired Ethernet network
- Connecting the printer to a Wi-Fi network
- Connecting the printer to a wireless network using Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
- Configuring Wi-Fi Direct
- Connecting a mobile device to the printer
- Connecting a computer to the printer
- Deactivating the Wi-Fi network
- Checking the printer connectivity
- Setting up the printer to fax
- Setting up the fax function
- Setting up fax using a standard telephone line
- Setting up fax in countries or regions with different telephone wall jacks and plugs
- Connecting to a distinctive ring service
- Setting the fax date and time
- Configuring daylight saving time
- Configuring the fax speaker settings
- Configuring Device Sounds Settings
- Configuring the e-mail SMTP settings
- Using the e-mail setup wizard in the printer
- Using the Settings menu in the printer
- Using the Embedded Web Server
- Loading paper and specialty media
- Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware
- Installing the printer software
- Adding printers to a computer
- Installing the Software
- Operating System Requirements
- Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows Network Printer
- Installing the Windows Print Driver .zip File
- Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows USB Printer
- Installing the Printer as a Web Service on Devices
- Installing the Drivers and Utilities for MacOS
- Installing Print Drivers and Utilities for UNIX and Linux
- Updating Software
- Exporting or importing a configuration file
- Adding available options in the print driver
- Printing the Menu Settings Page
- 4 Secure the printer
- 5 Print
- Printing from a computer
- Printing from a mobile device
- Printing from a flash drive
- Supported flash drives and file types
- Configuring confidential jobs
- Printing confidential and other held jobs
- Printing a font sample list
- Placing separator sheets between copies
- Canceling a print job
- Adjusting toner darkness
- 6 Copy
- 7 E-mail
- 8 Fax
- 9 Scan
- 10 Use printer menus
- 11 Maintain the printer
- 12 Troubleshoot a problem
- Print quality problems
- Printing problems
- Print quality is poor
- Blank or white pages
- Dark print
- Fine lines are not printed correctly
- Folded or wrinkled paper
- Gray background
- Incorrect margins
- Light print
- Mottled print and dots
- Paper curl
- Print crooked or skewed
- Solid black pages
- Text or images cut off
- Toner easily rubs off
- Horizontal light bands
- Vertical light bands
- Vertical white lines
- Vertical dark bands
- Vertical dark lines or streaks
- Vertical dark streaks with print missing
- Repeating defects
- Print jobs do not print
- Slow printing
- Job prints from the wrong tray or on the wrong paper
- Confidential and other held documents do not print
- Print quality is poor
- The printer is not responding
- Unable to read flash drive
- Enabling the USB port
- Network connection problems
- Issues with supplies
- Clearing jams
- Paper feed problems
- E-mailing problems
- Faxing problems
- Scanning problems
- Cannot scan to a computer
- Cannot scan to a network folder
- Partial copies of document or photo
- Scan job was not successful
- Poor copy quality
- Vertical dark streaks on output when scanning from the ADF
- Scanner does not close
- Scanning takes too long or freezes the computer
- Scanner does not respond
- Adjusting scanner registration
- Adjusting ADF registration
- Contacting customer support
- A Regulatory Information
- Basic Regulations
- Noise Emission Levels
- European Union Lot 19 Ecodesign Directive
- Static Sensitivity Notice
- ENERGY STAR
- Temperature Information
- Información de la energía de México
- Laser Notice
- Power
- Telecommunication Regulatory Notices
- Regulatory Notices for Wireless Products
- Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Information Statement
- Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada Compliance Statement
- Germany
- Turkey RoHS Regulation
- Ukraine RoHS Compliance
- Copy Regulations
- Material Safety Data Sheets
- Basic Regulations
- B Recycling and Disposal
Xerox B305V/DNI User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for B305V/DNI by Xerox which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
VERSION 2.1
AUGUST 2022
702P08894
Xerox®B305/B315
Multifunction Printer
User Guide
© 2022 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Xerox®is trademark of Xerox Corporation in the United States and
other countries.
Adobe®, Adobe PDF logo, Adobe®Reader®, Adobe®Type Manager®, ATM™, Flash®, Macromedia®, Photoshop®, and
PostScript®are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc.
Apple®, Bonjour®, EtherTalk™, TrueType®, iPad®, iPhone®, iPod®, iPod touch®, AirPrint®and the AirPrint Logo®, Mac®, Mac
OS®, and Macintosh®are trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Gmail™webmail service, and Android™mobile technology platform are trademarks of Google, Inc.
HP-GL®, HP-UX®, and PCL®are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
IBM®and AIX®are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/
or other countries.
McAfee®, ePolicy Orchestrator®, and McAfee ePO™are trademarks or registered trademarks of McAfee, Inc. in the
United States and other countries.
Microsoft®, Windows Vista®, Windows®, Windows Server®, and OneDrive®are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and other countries.
Mopria is a trademark of the Mopria Alliance.
PANTONE®and other Pantone, Inc. trademarks are the property of Pantone, Inc.
UNIX®is a trademark in the United States and other countries, licensed exclusively through X/ Open Company
Limited.
Linux®is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Wi-Fi Direct®is a trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance.
PCL®is a registered trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company. PCL is a designation of a set of printer commands
(language) and functions included in its printer products. This printer is intended to be compatible with the PCL
language. This means the printer recognizes PCL commands used in various application programs, and that the
printer emulates the functions corresponding to the commands.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 3
Contents
1 Safety information ............................................................................................................................11
Conventions.................................................................................................................................12
Product Statements.......................................................................................................................13
Maintenance Safety ......................................................................................................................16
Consumable Information................................................................................................................17
2 Learn about the printer ......................................................................................................................19
Finding Information About the Printer...............................................................................................20
Printer configuration ......................................................................................................................22
Using the control panel ..................................................................................................................23
Customizing the home screen..........................................................................................................24
Changing the language of the keyboard on the display.. .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . 25
Understanding the status of the indicator light . . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . . 26
Selecting paper.............................................................................................................................27
Paper guidelines.....................................................................................................................27
Paper characteristics................................................................................................................27
Unacceptable paper................................................................................................................28
Selecting preprinted forms and letterhead. .. ........... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. .. .......28
Storing paper.........................................................................................................................29
Supported paper sizes .............................................................................................................29
Supported paper types ............................................................................................................32
Supported paper weights.........................................................................................................33
3 Set up, Install, and Configure...............................................................................................................35
Selecting a location for the printer....................................................................................................36
Attaching cables ...........................................................................................................................38
Finding the IPAddress of the Printer.................................................................................................40
Installing optional trays..................................................................................................................41
Initial Setup Wizard ......................................................................................................................42
Xerox®Easy Assist App....................................................................................................................43
Connecting to the Xerox®Easy Assist App for Installed Printers . . .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . . 45
Networking ..................................................................................................................................47
Connecting the printer to a wired Ethernet network . . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . 47
Connecting the printer to a Wi-Fi network . . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. 47
Connecting the printer to a wireless network using Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . 47
Configuring Wi-Fi Direct...........................................................................................................48
Connecting a mobile device to the printer . . . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . 49
Connecting a computer to the printer.........................................................................................49
Deactivating the Wi-Fi network .................................................................................................50
Checking the printer connectivity...............................................................................................50
Setting up the printer to fax............................................................................................................51
Setting up the fax function.......................................................................................................51
Setting up fax using a standard telephone line. .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . . 52
4Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Setting up fax in countries or regions with different telephone wall jacks and plugs . .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . 53
Connecting to a distinctive ring service . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . 55
Setting the fax date and time...................................................................................................55
Configuring daylight saving time...............................................................................................55
Configuring the fax speaker settings...........................................................................................55
Configuring Device Sounds Settings..................................................................................................56
Configuring the e-mail SMTP settings................................................................................................57
Using the e-mail setup wizard in the printer . . . .. . .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . . 58
Using the Settings menu in the printer..............................................................................................59
Using the Embedded Web Server .....................................................................................................60
Email Service Providers ............................................................................................................60
Loading paper and specialty media ..................................................................................................68
Setting the paper size and type.................................................................................................68
Configuring Universal paper settings..........................................................................................68
Loading Trays ........................................................................................................................68
Loading the Multipurpose Feeder...............................................................................................70
Linking trays ..........................................................................................................................71
Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware.. .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. .... 72
Installing the printer software...................................................................................................72
Adding printers to a computer ..................................................................................................72
Installing the Software ............................................................................................................73
Updating Software .................................................................................................................77
Exporting or importing a configuration file . . . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. 77
Adding available options in the print driver. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . 78
Printing the Menu Settings Page ......................................................................................................79
4 Secure the printer..............................................................................................................................81
Locating the security slot................................................................................................................82
Erasing printer memory..................................................................................................................83
Restoring factory default settings .....................................................................................................84
Statement of Volatility...................................................................................................................85
5 Print................................................................................................................................................87
Printing from a computer................................................................................................................88
Printing from a mobile device..........................................................................................................89
Printing from a mobile device using Mopria Print Service.. .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. ........... .. .. 89
Printing from a mobile device using AirPrint. . . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . 89
Printing from a mobile device using Wi-Fi Direct® . . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . 89
Printing from a flash drive...............................................................................................................90
Supported flash drives and file types.................................................................................................91
Flash drives............................................................................................................................91
File types ..............................................................................................................................91
Configuring confidential jobs...........................................................................................................92
Printing confidential and other held jobs. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . 93
For Windows users..................................................................................................................93
Contents
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 5
For Macintosh users ................................................................................................................93
Printing a font sample list ...............................................................................................................94
Placing separator sheets between copies . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. . . 95
Canceling a print job......................................................................................................................96
From the printer control panel...................................................................................................96
From the computer.................................................................................................................96
Adjusting toner darkness ................................................................................................................97
6 Copy...............................................................................................................................................99
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ...... 100
Making copies ............................................................................................................................101
Copying photos ..........................................................................................................................102
Copying on letterhead..................................................................................................................103
Copying on both sides of the paper................................................................................................104
Reducing or enlarging copies.........................................................................................................105
Copying multiple pages onto a single sheet ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .... ....... .. .. .... ....... .. .. ......... .. .. ... 106
Collating copies ..........................................................................................................................107
Copying cards.............................................................................................................................108
Creating a copy shortcut...............................................................................................................109
7 E-mail ...........................................................................................................................................111
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ...... 112
Sending an e-mail .......................................................................................................................113
Using the control panel..........................................................................................................113
Using a shortcut number........................................................................................................113
Creating an e-mail shortcut...........................................................................................................114
8 Fax ...............................................................................................................................................115
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ...... 116
Sending a fax .............................................................................................................................117
Using the control panel..........................................................................................................117
Scheduling a fax .........................................................................................................................118
Creating a fax destination shortcut.................................................................................................119
Changing the fax resolution ..........................................................................................................120
Adjusting the fax darkness ............................................................................................................121
Printing a fax log.........................................................................................................................122
Blocking junk faxes......................................................................................................................123
Holding a fax..............................................................................................................................124
Forwarding a fax .........................................................................................................................125
9 Scan .............................................................................................................................................127
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ...... 128
Scanning to a computer...............................................................................................................129
Contents
6Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
For Windows users................................................................................................................129
For Macintosh users ..............................................................................................................130
Scanning to an FTP server using a shortcut . .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ...... 131
Scanning to a network folder using a shortcut .. .. ........... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. .. ..... 132
Scanning to a flash drive ..............................................................................................................133
10 Use printer menus .........................................................................................................................135
Menu map.................................................................................................................................136
Device.......................................................................................................................................138
Preferences..........................................................................................................................138
Eco-Mode............................................................................................................................140
Remote Operator Panel..........................................................................................................141
Notifications........................................................................................................................142
Power Management..............................................................................................................144
Restore Factory Defaults ........................................................................................................145
Maintenance .......................................................................................................................146
Visible Home Screen Icons .....................................................................................................150
About this Printer..................................................................................................................150
Print..........................................................................................................................................151
Layout................................................................................................................................151
Setup .................................................................................................................................152
Quality ...............................................................................................................................153
PDF....................................................................................................................................154
PostScript............................................................................................................................154
PCL....................................................................................................................................155
Image................................................................................................................................157
Paper........................................................................................................................................158
Tray Configuration................................................................................................................158
Media Configuration.............................................................................................................159
Copy.........................................................................................................................................162
Copy Defaults ......................................................................................................................162
Fax...........................................................................................................................................164
Fax Defaults.........................................................................................................................164
E-mail .......................................................................................................................................173
E-mail Setup........................................................................................................................173
E-mail Defaults.....................................................................................................................174
FTP...........................................................................................................................................178
FTP Defaults........................................................................................................................178
USB Drive ..................................................................................................................................181
Flash Drive Scan...................................................................................................................181
Flash Drive Print ...................................................................................................................183
Network/Ports.............................................................................................................................185
Network Overview.................................................................................................................185
Wireless..............................................................................................................................186
Wi-Fi Direct .........................................................................................................................189
AirPrint ...............................................................................................................................189
Contents
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 7
Mobile Services Management.................................................................................................190
Ethernet..............................................................................................................................191
TCP/IP................................................................................................................................193
SNMP.................................................................................................................................195
IPSec..................................................................................................................................197
802.1x................................................................................................................................198
LPD Configuration ................................................................................................................199
HTTP/FTP Settings................................................................................................................200
USB ...................................................................................................................................201
Restrict external network access ..............................................................................................202
Universal Print......................................................................................................................202
Security.....................................................................................................................................205
Login Methods.....................................................................................................................205
Certificate Management........................................................................................................210
Schedule USB Devices ...........................................................................................................210
Login Restrictions..................................................................................................................210
Confidential Print Setup.........................................................................................................211
Erase Temporary Data Files ....................................................................................................212
Solutions LDAP Settings.........................................................................................................212
Miscellaneous ......................................................................................................................213
Reports......................................................................................................................................214
Menu Settings Page..............................................................................................................214
Device................................................................................................................................214
Print...................................................................................................................................214
Shortcuts.............................................................................................................................214
Fax.....................................................................................................................................215
Network..............................................................................................................................215
Supplies Plan..............................................................................................................................216
Plan Activation.....................................................................................................................216
Plan Conversion....................................................................................................................216
Subscription Service ..............................................................................................................216
Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................217
11 Maintain the printer.......................................................................................................................219
Checking the status of parts and supplies ...... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ... 220
Configuring supply notifications.....................................................................................................221
Setting up e-mail alerts ................................................................................................................222
Viewing reports...........................................................................................................................223
Ordering Parts and Supplies...........................................................................................................224
Using Genuine Xerox Supplies.................................................................................................224
Replacing parts and supplies .........................................................................................................225
Replacing the toner cartridge..................................................................................................225
Replacing the imaging unit.....................................................................................................227
Replacing the tray.................................................................................................................229
Cleaning printer parts ..................................................................................................................230
Cleaning the printer ..............................................................................................................230
Cleaning the touch screen......................................................................................................230
Contents
8Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Cleaning the Scanner ............................................................................................................231
Saving energy and paper..............................................................................................................233
Configuring the power save mode settings ...... .. .. ......... .. .. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. . 233
Adjusting the brightness of the printer display . .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. . 233
Conserving supplies...............................................................................................................233
Moving the Printer to Another Location...........................................................................................234
12 Troubleshoot a problem..................................................................................................................235
Print quality problems ..................................................................................................................236
Printing problems........................................................................................................................238
Print quality is poor...............................................................................................................238
Print jobs do not print............................................................................................................266
Slow printing .......................................................................................................................267
Job prints from the wrong tray or on the wrong paper .. .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. . 269
Confidential and other held documents do not print ... ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ...... 270
The printer is not responding.........................................................................................................272
Unable to read flash drive.............................................................................................................274
Enabling the USB port..................................................................................................................275
Network connection problems .......................................................................................................276
Cannot open Embedded Web Server........................................................................................276
Cannot connect the printer to the Wi-Fi network . .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... 277
Issues with supplies .....................................................................................................................279
Replace cartridge, printer region mismatch. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. ...... 279
Non-Xerox Supply.................................................................................................................279
Clearing jams .............................................................................................................................280
Avoiding jams......................................................................................................................280
Identifying jam locations.......................................................................................................281
Paper jam in the automatic document feeder .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. ... 281
Paper Jam in the Standard Output Tray . .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. . 282
Paper Jam in the Multipurpose Feeder......................................................................................283
Paper Jam in Trays................................................................................................................286
Paper Jam in the Duplex Unit..................................................................................................290
Paper Jam in the Rear Door....................................................................................................293
Paper feed problems....................................................................................................................297
Envelope seals when printing..................................................................................................297
Collated printing does not work...............................................................................................298
Tray linking does not work......................................................................................................299
Paper frequently jams............................................................................................................300
Jammed pages are not reprinted.............................................................................................301
E-mailing problems......................................................................................................................302
Disabling the “SMTP server not set up” error message.. .... .. .. ....... .... .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. 302
Cannot send e-mails..............................................................................................................302
Faxing problems..........................................................................................................................303
Caller ID is not shown............................................................................................................303
Cannot send or receive faxes ..................................................................................................303
Can receive but not send faxes................................................................................................306
Contents
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 9
Can send but not receive faxes................................................................................................306
Poor fax print quality.............................................................................................................307
Scanning problems......................................................................................................................308
Cannot scan to a computer....................................................................................................308
Cannot scan to a network folder..............................................................................................309
Partial copies ofdocument or photo.........................................................................................311
Scan job was not successful....................................................................................................312
Poor copy quality..................................................................................................................313
Vertical dark streaks on output when scanning from the ADF.... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ... 313
Scanner does not close ..........................................................................................................314
Scanning takes too long or freezes the computer. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. 314
Scanner does not respond......................................................................................................315
Adjusting scanner registration.................................................................................................315
Adjusting ADF registration......................................................................................................316
Contacting customer support ........................................................................................................317
A Regulatory Information....................................................................................................................319
Basic Regulations ........................................................................................................................320
Noise Emission Levels............................................................................................................320
European Union Lot 19 Ecodesign Directive. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ... 320
Static Sensitivity Notice .........................................................................................................320
ENERGY STAR......................................................................................................................320
Temperature Information.......................................................................................................321
Información de la energía de México .......................................................................................321
Laser Notice ........................................................................................................................321
Power.................................................................................................................................321
Telecommunication Regulatory Notices .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... 323
Regulatory Notices for Wireless Products .. ... ... .. ..... ..... ... ... ... ... .. ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ..... ..... ... ... 325
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Information Statement . .. ... .. ... .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. . 327
Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada Compliance Statement ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. 328
Germany.............................................................................................................................328
Turkey RoHS Regulation .........................................................................................................328
Ukraine RoHS Compliance......................................................................................................328
Copy Regulations ........................................................................................................................330
United States.......................................................................................................................330
Canada...............................................................................................................................331
Other Countries....................................................................................................................332
Material Safety Data Sheets..........................................................................................................333
B Recycling and Disposal.....................................................................................................................335
Product Disposal and Recycling......................................................................................................336
North America............................................................................................................................337
Xerox Green World Alliance ...........................................................................................................338
Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive.. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ...... 339
India E-Waste notice.............................................................................................................339
Contents
10 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Contents
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 11
1
Safety information
This chapter contains:
Conventions........................................................................................................................................12
Product Statements..............................................................................................................................13
Maintenance Safety.............................................................................................................................16
Consumable Information ......................................................................................................................17
Conventions
Note: A note identifies information that could help you.
WWaarrnniinngg:: A warning identifies something that could damage the product hardware or software.
CCaauuttiioonn:: A caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation that could injure you.
Different types of statements include:
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Indicates a risk of injury.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: Indicates a risk of electrical shock.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: Indicates a risk of burn if touched.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPIINNCCHH HHAAZZAARRDD:: Indicates a risk of being caught between moving parts.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: Indicates a crush hazard.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——RROOTTAATTIINNGG FFAANN BBLLAADDEESS:: Indicates a risk of laceration from moving fan blades.
12 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Safety information
Product Statements
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord
provided with this product or the manufacturer authorized replacement.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not use this product with extension cords, multi-outlet power
strips, multi-outlet extenders, or UPS devices. The power capacity of these types of accessories can be
easily overloaded by a laser printer and may result in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor printer
performance.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not use this product with an inline surge protector. The use of a
surge protection device may result in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor printer performance.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger
telecommunications RJ-11 cord when connecting this product to the public switched telephone network.
For users in Australia, the cord must be approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not place or use this product
near water or wet locations.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make
any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning
storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not cut, twist, bind, crush, or place heavy objects on the power
cord. Do not subject the power cord to abrasion or stress. Do not pinch the power cord between objects
such as furniture and walls. If any of these things happen, a risk of fire or electrical shock results. Inspect
the power cord regularly for signs of such problems. Remove the power cord from the electrical outlet
before inspecting it.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, make sure that all external
connections, such as Ethernet and telephone system connections, are properly installed in their marked
plug-in ports.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, if you are accessing the controller
board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer, then turn
the printer off, and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing. If you have any
other devices attached to the printer, then turn them off as well, and unplug any cables going into the
printer.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 13
Safety information
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not use the fax feature during a
lightning storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock when cleaning the exterior of the
printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before
proceeding.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: If the printer weight is greater than 20kg (44lb), then it may
require two or more people to lift it safely.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: When moving the printer, follow these guidelines to avoid personal
injury or printer damage:
• Make sure that all doors and trays are closed.
• Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
• Disconnect all cords and cables from the printer.
• If the printer has separate floor-standing optional trays or output options attached to it, then
disconnect them before moving the printer.
• If the printer has a caster base, then carefully roll it to the new location. Use caution when passing
over thresholds and breaks in flooring.
• If the printer does not have a caster base but is configured with optional trays or output options, then
remove the output options and lift the printer off the trays. Do not try to lift the printer and any
options at the same time.
• Always use the handholds on the printer to lift it.
• Any cart used to move the printer must have a surface able to support the full footprint of the printer.
• Any cart used to move the hardware options must have a surface able to support the dimensions of
the options.
• Keep the printer in an upright position.
• Avoid severe jarring movements.
• Make sure that your fingers are not under the printer when you set it down.
• Make sure that there is adequate clearance around the printer.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: Installing one or more options on your printer or MFP may require a
caster base, furniture, or other feature to prevent instability causing possible injury. For more information
on supported configurations, contact the place where you purchased the printer.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: To reduce the risk of equipment instability, load each tray separately.
Keep all other trays closed until needed.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
14 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Safety information
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPIINNCCHH HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of a pinch injury, use caution in areas marked with this
label. Pinch injuries may occur around moving parts, such as gears, doors, trays, and covers.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——RROOTTAATTIINNGG FFAANN BBLLAADDEESS:: Indicates a risk of laceration from moving fan blades.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: This product uses a laser. Use of controls or adjustments or
performance of procedures other than those specified in the User Guide may result in hazardous radiation
exposure.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: The lithium battery in this product is not intended to be replaced.
There is a danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Do not recharge, disassemble, or
incinerate a lithium battery. Discard used lithium batteries according to the manufacturer instructions and
local regulations.
This product is designed, tested, and approved to meet strict global safety standards with the use of specific
manufacturer components. The safety features of some parts may not always be obvious. The manufacturer is not
responsible for the use of other replacement parts.
Refer service or repairs, other than those described in the user documentation, to a service representative.
This product uses a printing process that heats the print media, and the heat may cause the media to release
emissions. You must understand the section in your operating instructions that discusses the guidelines for selecting
print media to avoid the possibility of harmful emissions.
This product may produce small amounts of ozone during normal operation, and may be equipped with a filter
designed to limit ozone concentrations to levels well below the recommended exposure limits. To avoid high ozone
concentration levels during extensive usage, install this product in a well-ventilated area and replace the ozone and
exhaust filters if instructed to do so in the product maintenance instructions. If there are no references to filters in
the product maintenance instructions, then there are no filters requiring replacement for this product.
SSAAVVEE TTHHEESSEE IINNSSTTRRUUCCTTIIOONNSS..
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 15
Safety information
Maintenance Safety
Do not carry out any maintenance on this product that is not described in the customer documentation.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or
flammable when used on electromechanical equipment.
Use supplies and cleaning materials only as directed.
Do not remove the covers or guards that are fastened with screws. Customer service items are not located behind
these covers.
In case of a Dry Ink or Toner Spill, use a broom or a wet cloth to wipe off spilled dry ink or toner. Sweep slowly to
minimize generation of dust during clean up. Avoid using a vacuum. If a vacuum must be used, the unit should be
designed for combustible dusts, having an explosion rated motor and non-conductive hose.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The metallic surfaces in the fuser area are hot. Use caution when you
remove paper jams from this area and avoid touching any metallic surfaces.
16 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Safety information
Consumable Information
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: When handling cartridges such as ink or fuser, avoid skin or eye
contact. Eye contact can cause irritation and inflammation. Do not attempt to disassemble the cartridge.
This can increase the risk of skin or eye contact.
Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on the package or container.
Keep all consumables away from the reach of children.
Never throw dry ink/toner, print cartridges, or dry ink/toner containers into an open flame.
For information on Xerox®supplies recycling programs, go to: https://www.xerox.com/recycling.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 17
Safety information
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 19
2
Learn about the printer
This chapter contains:
Finding Information About the Printer .....................................................................................................20
Printer configuration.............................................................................................................................22
Using the control panel.........................................................................................................................23
Customizing the home screen ................................................................................................................24
Changing the language of the keyboard on the display .. .. .. ......... .. .. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. .25
Understanding the status of the indicator light. . . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. 26
Selecting paper....................................................................................................................................27
Finding Information About the Printer
WWHHAATT AARREE YYOOUU LLOOOOKKIINNGG FFOORR?? FFIINNDD IITT HHEERREE
Initial setup instructions:
• Connecting the printer
• Installing the printer software
See the setup documentation that came with the
printer or go to www.xerox.com.
More setup and instructions for using the printer:
• Selecting and storing paper and specialty media
• Loading paper
• Configuring printer settings
• Viewing and printing documents and photos
• Setting up and using the printer software
• Configuring the printer on a network
• Caring for and maintaining the printer
• Troubleshooting and solving problems
Go to www.xerox.com.
Help using the printer software Help for Microsoft Windows or Macintosh operating
systems—Open a printer software program or
application, and then click HHeellpp.
To view context-sensitive information, click the Help
button.
• Help is automatically installed with the printer
software.
• Depending on the operating system, the printer
software is located in the printer program folder or
on the desktop.
20 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn about the printer
WWHHAATT AARREE YYOOUU LLOOOOKKIINNGG FFOORR?? FFIINNDD IITT HHEERREE
The latest supplemental information, updates, and
customer support:
• Documentation
• Driver downloads
• Live chat support
• E-mail support
• Voice support
Go to www.xerox.com.
Select your country or region, and then select your
product to view the appropriate support site.
Support contact information for your country or region
can be found on the website or on the printed
warranty that came with the printer.
Have the following information ready when you
contact customer support:
• Place and date of purchase
• Machine type and serial number
• Safety information
• Regulatory information
• Warranty information
• Environmental information
Warranty information varies by country or region:
•IInn tthhee UU..SS..—See the Statement of Limited
Warranty included with the printer, or go to www.
xerox.com.
•IInn ootthheerr ccoouunnttrriieess aanndd rreeggiioonnss—See the printed
warranty that came with the printer.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 21
Learn about the printer
Using the control panel
CCOONNTTRROOLL PPAANNEELL PPAARRTT FFUUNNCCTTIIOONN
11 Display • View printer messages and supply status.
• Set up and operate the printer.
22 Power button Turn on or turn off the printer.
Note: To turn off the printer, press and hold the
power button for five seconds.
33 Home button Go to the home screen.
44 Back button Return to the previous screen.
55 Start button Start a job, depending on which mode is selected.
66 Indicator light Check the status of the printer.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 23
Learn about the printer
Changing the language of the keyboard on the display
Note: You can only change the language of the keyboard in printer tasks that require alphanumeric input
such as e-mail or scan.
1. Touch the input field.
2. On the keyboard, touch and hold the language key.
3. Select a language.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 25
Learn about the printer
Understanding the status of the indicator light
IINNDDIICCAATTOORR LLIIGGHHTT PPRRIINNTTEERR SSTTAATTUUSS
Off The printer is off or in Hibernate mode.
Blue The printer is ready or processing data.
Blinking red The printer requires user intervention.
Solid amber The printer is in Sleep mode.
26 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn about the printer
Selecting paper
PAPER GUIDELINES
Use the appropriate paper to prevent jams and help ensure trouble-free printing.
• Always use new, undamaged paper.
• Before loading paper, know the recommended printable side of the paper. This information is usually indicated
on the paper package.
• Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand.
• Do not mix paper sizes, types, or weights in the same tray; mixing results in jams.
• Do not use coated papers unless they are specifically designed for electrophotographic printing.
PAPER CHARACTERISTICS
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. Consider these factors before printing on
them.
Weight
The standard tray can feed paper weights from 60 to 120g/m2(16 to 32 lb) grain long paper. Paper lighter than
60g/m2(16lb) may not be stiff enough to feed properly, and may cause jams.
Curl
Curl is the tendency for paper to curl at its edges. Excessive curl can cause paper feeding problems. Curl can occur
after the paper passes through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper unwrapped in
hot, humid, cold, or dry conditions can contribute to paper curling before printing and can cause feeding problems.
Smoothness
Paper smoothness directly affects print quality. If paper is too rough, toner cannot fuse to it properly. If paper is too
smooth, it can cause paper feeding or print quality issues. We recommend the use of paper with 50 Sheffield
points.
Moisture content
The amount of moisture in paper affects both print quality and the printer ability to feed the paper correctly. Leave
paper in its original wrapper until you use it. Exposure of paper to moisture changes can degrade its performance.
Store paper in its original wrapper in the same environment as the printer for 24 to 48 hours before printing. Extend
the time several days if the storage or transportation environment is very different from the printer environment.
Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 27
Learn about the printer
Grain direction
Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either grain long, running the length of
the paper, or grain short, running the width of the paper.
For 60–120g/m2(16–32-lb) paper, grain long paper is recommended.
Fiber content
Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100 percent chemically treated pulped wood. This content
provides the paper with a high degree of stability, resulting in fewer paper feeding problems and better print
quality. Paper containing fibers such as cotton can negatively affect paper handling.
UNACCEPTABLE PAPER
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:
• Chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless papers,
carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper
• Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the printer
• Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the printer fuser
• Preprinted papers that require a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than ±2.3mm
(±0.9in.), such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms
In some cases, registration can be adjusted with a software application to successfully print on these forms.
• Coated papers (erasable bond), synthetic papers, thermal papers
• Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface papers, or curled papers
• Recycled papers that fail EN12281:2002 (European)
• Paper weighing less than 60g/m2(16lb)
• Multiple-part forms or documents
SELECTING PREPRINTED FORMS AND LETTERHEAD
• Use grain long paper.
• Use only forms and letterhead printed using an offset lithographic or engraved printing process.
• Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.
• Use inks that are not affected by the resin in toner. Inks that are oxidation-set or oil-based generally meet these
requirements; latex inks might not.
• Print samples on preprinted forms and letterheads considered for use before buying large quantities. This action
determines whether the ink in the preprinted form or letterhead affects print quality.
• When in doubt, contact your paper supplier.
• When printing on letterhead, load the paper in the proper orientation for your printer. For more information, see
the Paper and Specialty Media Guide.
28 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn about the printer
STORING PAPER
Use these paper storage guidelines to help avoid jams and uneven print quality:
• Store paper in its original wrapper in the same environment as the printer for 24 to 48 hours before printing.
• Extend the time several days if the storage or transportation environment is very different from the printer
environment. Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period.
• For best results, store paper where the temperature is 21°C (70°F) and the relative humidity is 40 percent.
• Most label manufacturers recommend printing in a temperature range of 18–24°C (65–75°F) with relative
humidity between 40 and 60 percent.
• Store paper in cartons, on a pallet or shelf, rather than on the floor.
• Store individual packages on a flat surface.
• Do not store anything on top of individual paper packages.
• Take paper out of the carton or wrapper only when you are ready to load it in the printer. The carton and
wrapper help keep the paper clean, dry, and flat.
SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES
PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG SSCCAANNNNEERR AADDFF
AA44
210x297mm
(8.27x11.7in.)
AA55 PPoorrttrraaiitt
((SSEEFF))
148x210mm
(5.83x8.27in.)
XX
AA55
LLaannddssccaappee
((LLEEFF))1
210x148mm
(8.27x5.83in.)
XX
AA66
105x148mm
(4.13x5.83in.)
XX
JJIISS BB55
182x257mm
XX
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 29
Learn about the printer
PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG SSCCAANNNNEERR AADDFF
(7.17x10.1in.)
OOffiicciioo
((MMeexxiiccoo))
215.9x340.4-
mm
(8.5x13.4in.)
XX
HHaaggaakkii
100x148mm
(3.94x5.83in.)
XX XX XX
SSttaatteemmeenntt
139.7x215.9-
mm
(5.5x8.5in.)
XX
EExxeeccuuttiivvee
184.2x266.7-
mm
(7.25x10.5in.)
XX
LLeetttteerr
215.9x279.4-
mm
(8.5x11in.)
LLeeggaall
215.9x355.6-
mm
(8.5x14in.)
XX
FFoolliioo
215.9x330.2-
mm
(8.5x13in.)
XX
UUnniivveerrssaall3
99x148mm
2XX
30 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn about the printer
PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG SSCCAANNNNEERR AADDFF
to
215.9x359.9-
2mm
(3.9x5.83in.
to
8.5x14.17in.)
7733//44
EEnnvveellooppee
98.4x190.5m-
m
(3.875x7.5in.)
XX XX XX XX
99EEnnvveellooppee
98.4x225.4m-
m
(3.875x8.9in.)
XX XX XX XX
1100EEnnvveellooppee
104.8x241.3-
mm
(4.12x9.5in.)
XX XX XX XX
DDLLEEnnvveellooppee
110x220mm
(4.33x8.66in.)
XX XX XX XX
CC55EEnnvveellooppee
162x229mm
(6.38x9.01in.)
XX XX XX XX
BB55EEnnvveellooppee
176x250mm
(6.93x9.84in.)
XX XX XX XX
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 31
Learn about the printer
PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG SSCCAANNNNEERR AADDFF
OOtthheerrEEnnvvee--
llooppee
98.4x162mm
to
176x250mm
(3.87x6.38in.
to
6.93x9.84in.)
XX XX XX XX
1The default support is long-edge feed.
2Paper must at least be 210 mm (8.27 in.) wide and 279.4 mm (11 in.) long for two-sided printing.
3When Universal is selected, the page is formatted for 215.90 x 355.60 mm (8.5 x 14 in.) unless specified by the
application.
SUPPORTED PAPER TYPES
PPAAPPEERR TTYYPPEE
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE FFEEEEDDEERR
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC
DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT
FFEEEEDDEERR
PPllaaiinn ppaappeerr
CCaarrdd ssttoocckk XX XX XX XX
RReeccyycclleedd XX
PPaappeerr llaabbeellss*XX XX
BBoonndd XX
LLeetttteerrhheeaadd XX
PPrreepprriinntteedd XX
CCoolloorreedd PPaappeerr XX
LLiigghhtt PPaappeerr XX
HHeeaavvyy PPaappeerr XX
RRoouugghh//CCoottttoonn XX
32 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn about the printer
PPAAPPEERR TTYYPPEE
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE FFEEEEDDEERR
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC
DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT
FFEEEEDDEERR
EEnnvveellooppee XX XX XX XX
RRoouugghh
eennvveellooppee
XX XX XX XX
*One-sided paper labels are supported for occasional use of less than 20 pages per month. Vinyl, pharmacy, or
two-sided labels are not supported.
SUPPORTED PAPER WEIGHTS
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE FFEEEEDDEERR
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC
DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT
FFEEEEDDEERR
Paper weight 60–120g/m2
(16–32lb)
60–120g/m2
(16–32lb)
60–217g/m2
(16–58lb)
60–90g/m2
(16–24lb)
60–90g/m2
(16–24lb)
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 33
Learn about the printer
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 35
3
Set up, Install, and Configure
This chapter contains:
Selecting a location for the printer ..........................................................................................................36
Attaching cables..................................................................................................................................38
Finding the IPAddress of the Printer........................................................................................................40
Installing optional trays.........................................................................................................................41
Initial Setup Wizard .............................................................................................................................42
Xerox®Easy Assist App...........................................................................................................................43
Networking.........................................................................................................................................47
Setting up the printer to fax...................................................................................................................51
Configuring Device Sounds Settings ........................................................................................................56
Configuring the e-mail SMTP settings ......................................................................................................57
Using the e-mail setup wizard in the printer..............................................................................................58
Using the Settings menu in the printer.....................................................................................................59
Using the Embedded Web Server............................................................................................................60
Loading paper and specialty media.........................................................................................................68
Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware . .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. .. ......... .. .. ....... .... .. .. .... 72
Printing the Menu Settings Page.............................................................................................................79
Selecting a location for the printer
• Leave enough room to open trays, covers, and doors and to install hardware options.
• Set up the printer near an electrical outlet.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord to an appropriately
rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily accessible.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not place or use this
product near water or wet locations.
• Make sure that airflow in the room meets the latest revision of the ASHRAE 62 standard or the CEN Technical
Committee 156 standard.
• Provide a flat, sturdy, and stable surface.
• Keep the printer:
– Clean, dry, and free of dust
– Away from stray staples and paper clips
– Away from the direct airflow of air conditioners, heaters, or ventilators
– Free from direct sunlight and humidity extremes
• Observe the recommended temperatures and avoid fluctuations.
Ambient temperature 10 to 32.2°C (50 to 90°F)
Storage temperature -40 to 40°C (-40 to 104°F)
• Allow the following recommended amount of space around the printer for proper ventilation:
36 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Attaching cables
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make
any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning
storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord
provided with this product or the manufacturer's authorized replacement.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger
telecommunications (RJ-11) cord when connecting this product to the public switched telephone network.
For users in Australia, the cord must be approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid loss of data or printer malfunction, do not touch the USB cable, any wireless network
adapter, or the printer in the areas shown while actively printing.
NNUUMMBBEERR PPRRIINNTTEERR PPOORRTT FFUUNNCCTTIIOONN
11 EXT port Connect more devices (telephone or
answering machine) to the printer
and the telephone line. Use this
port if you do not have a dedicated
fax line for the printer and if this
connection method is supported in
your country or region.
22 LINE port Connect the printer to an active
telephone line through a standard
wall jack (RJ-11), DSL filter, or VoIP
adapter, or any other adapter that
allows you to access the telephone
line to send and receive faxes.
38 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
NNUUMMBBEERR PPRRIINNTTEERR PPOORRTT FFUUNNCCTTIIOONN
33 Ethernet port Connect the printer to a network.
44 USB printer port Connect the printer to a computer.
55 Power cord socket Connect the printer to a properly
grounded electrical outlet.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 39
Set up, Install, and Configure
Finding the IP Address of the Printer
To view the IP address of the printer, open the Home Screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
If you are using a proxy server, temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly.
40 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Installing optional trays
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, if you are accessing the controller
board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer, then turn
the printer off, and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing. If you have any
other devices attached to the printer, then turn them off as well, and unplug any cables going into the
printer.
1. Turn off the printer.
2. Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet, and then from the printer.
3. Unpack the optional tray, and then remove all packing material.
4. Align the printer with the optional tray, and then lower the printer into place.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: If the printer weight is greater than 20kg (44lb), then it may
require two or more people to lift it safely.
5. Connect the power cord to the printer, and then to the electrical outlet.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
6. Turn on the printer.
Add the tray in the print driver to make it available for print jobs. For more information, see Adding available
options in the print driver.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 41
Set up, Install, and Configure
Initial Setup Wizard
The initial setup wizard appears when the printer is powered on for the first time. You can use the initial setup
wizard to complete the general settings and register the printer on the network.
The initial setup wizard is a set of screens with instructions that help you to complete the basic printer settings, such
as Language, the Date and Time, and other critical information about the printer. If needed, you can use the initial
setup wizard to connect the printer to a Wi-Fi network.
42 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Xerox®Easy Assist App
To access the printer from your smartphone, download and install the Xerox Easy Assist app to your mobile device.
By installing the Xerox Easy Assist app on your smartphone, you can setup your new printer easily, manage its
configuration, view alerts indicating supply requirement and order them, and get live troubleshooting support for
your printer.
The Xerox Easy Assist App has instructions and video links that helps you to unpack the printer from its shipping
box. To install the Xerox Easy Assist app on your smartphone, you need to scan a QR Code. There are two types of
QR Codes:
• The first QR Code is for the initial installation of the app. You can find this QR Code on the packaging box or the
Installation Guide that comes with the printer. To install the Xerox Easy Assist app for the first time, you are
required to scan this QR Code with your smartphone camera.
• The second QR Code is to setup a Wireless network connection between the smartphone and the printer. For
example, connection to Wi-Fi Direct. For the printers with touchscreen User Interface or bigger than 2–line
display interface, you can find this QR Code at the control panel of the printer. For more information, refer to
Connecting to the Xerox®Easy Assist App for Installed Printers. You are required to scan the second QR Code
through the Xerox Easy Assist app.
To install and use the Xerox Easy Assist app, do the following:
1. To watch a helpful video to unpack your printer, scan the QR Code from the packaging box or the Installation
Guide that came with your printer, with your smartphone camera.
Based on your smartphone, you are prompted to download the app from Apple App Store or Google Play Store.
Accept the End-User License Agreement (EULA), then follow the instructions that appear on the app.
2. For initial setup when the printer is powered on for the first time, the initial setup wizard appears. At the printer
control panel, do the following:
a. Select your LLaanngguuaaggee, then touch NNeexxtt.
The Xerox Easy Assist Mobile App screen appears.
b. To use your mobile device to set up and manage your printer, touch YYeess.
Get the App screen appears to confirm the type of your mobile device. Choose any one option:
•iiOOSS: To install the Xerox Easy Assist app for your iPhone, select this option.
•AAnnddrrooiidd: To install the Xerox Easy Assist app for your Android mobile device, select this option.
•II hhaavvee tthhee AApppp: If you have installed Xerox Easy Assist app on your mobile device already, select this
option.
3. If you have selected iOS or Android option, a screen appears to help you download the app. At the control
panel, touch SShhooww QQRR CCooddee option.
A screen appears with the QR Code. To install the app, scan the QR Code with your smartphone camera.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 43
Set up, Install, and Configure
4. Download and install the Xerox Easy Assist app on your smartphone:
• For Android phones: Go to Google Play Store, then search for Xerox Easy Assist app.
• For iOS or iPhones: Go to Apple App Store, then search for Xerox Easy Assist app.
5. When you install the app for the first time on your smartphone, for End-User License Agreement (EULA), touch
II AAggrreeee.
6. Follow the instructions that appear on the app. To connect your smartphone with the printer, touch CCoonnnneecctt
TToo MMyy PPrriinntteerr.
7. At the printer control panel, to connect to the app, touch SShhooww QQRR CCooddee option. The second QR Code appears.
Important: For the printers with 2-line display interface, there is no QR Code on the control panel. To
connect the printer to your mobile device, follow the instructions that appear on the control panel.
When prompted, type the Wi-Fi Direct SSID Name and Password for your printer. The printer and the
app are connected through Wi-Fi Direct.
8. Scan the second QR Code through the Xerox Easy Assist app. Follow the instructions that appear on the app.
When the connection is configured, your smartphone and the printer share the same Wireless network,
temporarily.
9. With the support of Xerox Easy Assist app, complete the general settings and register the printer on the
network.
General settings include Admin Password, Connectivity, Measurements, Date and Time, Sound, Power Saver
settings, and more.
Note: Ensure that your smartphone is connected to the same Wireless or wired network as the printer and
they can communicate after the setup is complete.
10. To complete the initial setup in the app, type the necessary information for your printer, then touch CCoommpplleettee
SSeettuupp.
The Welcome screen appears.
44 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
11. When the initial setup is complete, with the Xerox Easy Assist app, you can perform the following:
SSeett UUpp aa NNeeww PPrriinntteerr
If you have the QR Code or IP Address available, you can set up a new Xerox printer with the help of Xerox
Easy Assist app. On My Printers screen in the app, touch the ++ icon, then touch SSeett UUpp aa NNeeww PPrriinntteerr.
Follow the instructions from the app.
PPrriinntteerr SSttaattuuss
The status displays the printer information, such as readiness of the printer, toner level, and paper tray
status for each tray. You can order parts and supplies through the Xerox Easy Assist app. If the toner level
appears to be low, to order a new toner, select the TToonneerr icon, then touch RReeoorrddeerr.
AAlleerrttss
The Xerox Easy Assist app can notify you of any errors or problems in the printer. To view the error
statement, touch the BBeellll icon.
PPrriinntt
You can perform a print job through the Xerox Easy Assist app. In the app, select your printer, then touch
PPrriinntt. Select the document that you need to print from your mobile device, confirm the print settings, then
touch PPrriinntt.
DDeevviiccee SSeettttiinnggss
You can view and edit your printer settings from the DDeevviiccee SSeettttiinnggss tab. If you have not setup a password
during the initial setup, to view or edit existing printer settings, you need to set up the password.
SSuuppppoorrtt
You can request support and find solutions for printer related problems through the Xerox Easy Assist app.
In the app, select your printer, then touch SSuuppppoorrtt. It connects you to Xerox’s Support Agent Live Chatbot.
PPrriinntt aanndd SSccaann DDrriivveerrss
You can download Print and Scan Drivers for your printer through Xerox Easy Assist app. In the app, select
your printer, then touch PPrriinntt aanndd SSccaann DDrriivveerrss. In the Email field, type your registered email address, then
touch the ++ icon to add your email. To download and install the Print and Scan Drivers, the app sends a
Quick Link to your email address.
PPrriinntt TTeesstt PPaaggee
To confirm that all settings are correct, you can print a test page. In the app, select your printer, then touch
PPrriinntt TTeesstt PPaaggee.
RReemmoovvee aa PPrriinntteerr
You can remove a printer from the Xerox Easy Assist app. On your app, select a printer, then touch RReemmoovvee.
CONNECTING TO THE XEROX®EASY ASSIST APP FOR INSTALLED PRINTERS
To install and use the Xerox Easy Assist (XEA) app for a printer that does not require initial installation setup, you
can find the QR Code from the control panel NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonn CCeenntteerr >> CCoonnnneecctteedd ttoo NNeettwwoorrkk >> CCoonnnneecctt ttoo XXeerrooxx
EEaassyy AAssssiisstt AApppp >> SShhooww QQRR CCooddee. Scan the QR Code, then follow the instructions that appear on the control panel
and your mobile device:
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 45
Set up, Install, and Configure
• Based on your smartphone, to install the app for the first time, you are prompted to download the app from
Apple App Store or Google Play Store.
• If you have the app installed already, to access Xerox Easy Assist features, connect to the printer with your
smartphone.
Important: For the printers with 2-line display interface, there is no QR Code on the control panel. To connect
the printer to your mobile device, follow the instructions that appear on the control panel. When prompted,
type the Wi-Fi Direct SSID Name and Password for your printer. The printer and the app are connected
through Wi-Fi Direct.
If your printer is already set up on your network and the Initial Setup Wizard is complete, through the XEA app you
can add the printer directly to the list of My Printers. You can see the printer status, get print drivers, and get
Chatbot support. To add a printer that is on the network, open the XEA app Home page. On the My Printers screen,
touch the ++ icon. The app looks for nearby printers on the network:
• If the app finds your printer, you can select and add the printer directly.
• If the app is unable to find the printer you are looking for, then you can add the printer by typing its IP address.
If the printer and mobile device cannot communicate, ensure that they are on the same network.
46 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Networking
CONNECTING THE PRINTER TO A WIRED ETHERNET NETWORK
When you connect the printer to a wired Ethernet connection, the Wi-Fi connection is switched off, automatically.
When connected, set up an IP address at the printer Control Panel.
Before you begin, make sure that the Active Adapter is set to Auto.
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >> AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr.
2. Connect the Ethernet cable to the printer. Make sure that the Ethernet cable has Internet connection.
3. To set up and manage your new Xerox printer, follow the instructions in the Xerox Easy Assist.
CONNECTING THE PRINTER TO A WI-FI NETWORK
Before you begin, make sure that:
• Active Adapter is set to Auto. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >
AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr.
• The Ethernet cable is not connected to the printer.
Using the wireless setup wizard in the printer
Before using the wizard, make sure that the printer firmware is updated. For more information, see Updating
Software.
1. From the home screen, touch WWii--FFii icon, then touch SSeett uupp nnooww.
2. Select a Wi-Fi network, and then type the network password.
3. Touch DDoonnee.
Using the Settings menu in the printer
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >WWiirreelleessss >SSeettuupp OOnn PPrriinntteerr PPaanneell >CChhoooossee
NNeettwwoorrkk.
2. Select a Wi-Fi network, and then type the network password.
Note: For Wi-Fi-network-ready printer models, a prompt to set up the Wi-Fi network appears during initial
setup.
CONNECTING THE PRINTER TO A WIRELESS NETWORK USING WI-FI PROTECTED SETUP (WPS)
Before you begin, make sure that:
• The access point (wireless router) is WPS-certified or WPS-compatible. For more information, see the
documentation that came with your access point.
• A wireless network adapter is installed in your printer. For more information, see the instructions that came with
the adapter.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 47
Set up, Install, and Configure
• Active Adapter is set to Auto. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >
AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr.
Using the Push Button method
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >WWiirreelleessss >WWii--FFii PPrrootteecctteedd SSeettuupp >SSttaarrtt PPuusshh
BBuuttttoonn MMeetthhoodd.
2. Follow the instructions on the display.
Using the personal identification number (PIN) method
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >WWiirreelleessss >WWii--FFii PPrrootteecctteedd SSeettuupp >SSttaarrtt PPIINN
MMeetthhoodd.
2. Copy the eight-digit WPS PIN.
3. Open a web browser, and then type the IP address of your access point in the address field.
• To know the IP address, see the documentation that came with your access point.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
4. Access the WPS settings. For more information, see the documentation that came with your access point.
5. Enter the eight-digit PIN, and then save the changes.
CONFIGURING WI-FI DIRECT
Wi-Fi Direct is a Wi-Fi-based peer-to-peer technology that allows wireless devices to connect directly to a Wi-Fi
Direct-enabled printer without using an access point (wireless router).
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt.
2. Configure the settings.
•EEnnaabbllee WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt—Enables the printer to broadcast its own Wi-Fi Direct network.
•WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt NNaammee—Assigns a name for the Wi-Fi Direct network.
•WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt PPaasssswwoorrdd—Assigns the password for negotiating the wireless security when using the peer-to-
peer connection.
•SShhooww PPaasssswwoorrdd oonn SSeettuupp PPaaggee—Shows the password on the Network Setup Page.
•AAuuttoo--AAcccceepptt PPuusshh BBuuttttoonn RReeqquueessttss—Lets the printer accept connection requests automatically.
Note: Accepting push-button requests automatically is not secured.
• By default, the Wi-Fi Direct network password is not visible on the printer display. To show the password,
enable the password peek icon. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >SSeeccuurriittyy >MMiisscceellllaanneeoouuss >
EEnnaabbllee PPaasssswwoorrdd//PPIINN RReevveeaall.
• To know the password of the Wi-Fi Direct network without showing it on the printer display, from the home
screen touch SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk >NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp PPaaggee.
48 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
CONNECTING A MOBILE DEVICE TO THE PRINTER
Before connecting your mobile device, make sure that Wi-Fi Direct has been configured. For more information, see
Configuring Wi-Fi Direct.
Connecting using Wi-Fi Direct
Note: These instructions apply only to Android mobile devices.
1. From the mobile device, go to the settings menu.
2. Enable WWii--FFii, and then tap WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt.
3. Select the printer Wi-Fi Direct name.
4. Confirm the connection on the printer control panel.
Connecting using Wi-Fi
1. From the mobile device, go to the settings menu.
2. Tap WWii--FFii, and then select the printer Wi-Fi Direct name.
Note: The string DIRECT-xy (where x and y are two random characters) is added before the Wi-Fi Direct
name.
3. Enter the Wi-Fi Direct password.
CONNECTING A COMPUTER TO THE PRINTER
Before connecting your computer, make sure that Wi-Fi Direct has been configured. For more information, see
Configuring Wi-Fi Direct.
For Windows users
1. Open PPrriinntteerrss && ssccaannnneerrss, and then click AAdddd aa pprriinntteerr oorr ssccaannnneerr.
2. Click SShhooww WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt pprriinntteerrss, and then select the printer Wi-Fi Direct name.
3. From the printer display, take note of the eight-digit PIN of the printer.
4. Enter the PIN on the computer.
Note: If the print driver is not already installed, then Windows downloads the appropriate driver.
For Macintosh users
1. Click the wireless icon, and then select the printer Wi-Fi Direct name.
Note: The string DIRECT-xy (where x and y are two random characters) is added before the Wi-Fi Direct
name.
2. Type the Wi-Fi Direct password.
Note: Switch your computer back to its previous network after disconnecting from the Wi-Fi Direct network.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 49
Set up, Install, and Configure
DEACTIVATING THE WI-FI NETWORK
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr >SSttaannddaarrdd
NNeettwwoorrkk.
2. Follow the instructions on the display.
CHECKING THE PRINTER CONNECTIVITY
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk >NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp PPaaggee.
2. Check the first section of the network setup page, and confirm that the status is connected.
If the status is not connected, then the LAN drop may be inactive, or the network cable may be malfunctioning.
Contact your administrator for assistance.
50 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Setting up the printer to fax
SETTING UP THE FAX FUNCTION
• Some connection methods are applicable only in some countries or regions.
• If the fax function is enabled and not fully set up, then the indicator light may blink red.
• If you do not have a TCP/IP environment, then use the control panel to set up fax.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid loss of data or printer malfunction, do not touch cables or the printer in the area
shown while actively sending or receiving a fax.
Using the fax setup wizard in the printer
• This wizard appears only when analog fax is not yet set up.
• This wizard only sets up the analog fax. To setup other fax modes, go to SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp.
• Before using the wizard, make sure that the printer firmware is updated. For more information, see Updating
Software.
1. From the home screen, touch FFaaxx.
2. Touch SSeett uupp nnooww.
3. Type the fax name, and then touch NNeexxtt.
4. Enter the fax number and then touch DDoonnee.
Using the Settings menu in the printer
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >GGeenneerraall FFaaxx sseettttiinnggss.
2. Configure the settings.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 51
Set up, Install, and Configure
Using the Embedded Web Server
1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated
by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> FFaaxx >> FFaaxx SSeettuupp >> GGeenneerraall FFaaxx SSeettttiinnggss.
3. Configure the settings.
4. Apply the changes.
SETTING UP FAX USING A STANDARD TELEPHONE LINE
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make
any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning
storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not use the fax feature during a
lightning storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger
telecommunications (RJ-11) cord when connecting this product to the public switched telephone network.
For users in Australia, the cord must be approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.
Setup 1: Printer is connected to a dedicated fax line
Setup 1: Printer is
connected to a dedicated fax line
1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to an active analog wall jack.
• You can set the printer to receive faxes automatically (set Auto Answer to OOnn) or manually (set Auto Answer to
OOffff).
• If you want to receive faxes automatically, then set the printer to pick up on a specified number of rings.
52 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Setup 2: Printer is sharing the line with an answering machine
Note: If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service, then make sure that you set the correct ring pattern for
the printer. Otherwise, the printer does not receive faxes even if you have set it to receive faxes
automatically.
CCoonnnneecctteedd ttoo ddiiffffeerreenntt wwaallll jjaacckkss
1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to an active analog wall jack.
• If you have only one telephone number on your line, then set the printer to receive faxes automatically.
• Set the printer to pick up calls two rings after the answering machine. For example, if the answering machine
picks up calls after four rings, then set the printer Rings to Answer setting to 66.
SETTING UP FAX IN COUNTRIES OR REGIONS WITH DIFFERENT TELEPHONE WALL JACKS AND
PLUGS
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make
any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning
storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not use the fax feature during a
lightning storm.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger telecommunications (RJ-11) cord when
connecting this product to the public switched telephone network. For users in Australia, the cord must be
approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.
The standard wall jack adopted by most countries or regions is RJ11. If the wall jack or equipment in your facility is
not compatible with this type of connection, then use a telephone adapter. An adapter for your country or region
may not come with your printer, and you may need to purchase it separately.
There may be an adapter plug installed in the telephone port of the printer. Do not remove the adapter plug from
the telephone port of the printer if you are connecting to a serial or cascaded telephone system.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 53
Set up, Install, and Configure
Connecting the printer to a non-RJ11 wall jack
1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the RJ11 adapter, and then connect the adapter to the wall jack.
3. If you want to connect another device with a non-RJ11 connector to the same wall jack, then connect it
directly to the telephone adapter.
Connecting the printer to a wall jack in Germany
The German wall jack has two kinds of ports. The N ports are for fax machines, modems, and answering machines.
The F port is for telephones. Connect the printer to any of the N ports.
1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the RJ11 adapter, and then connect the adapter to an N port.
54 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
3. If you want to connect a telephone and answering machine to the same wall jack, then connect the devices as
shown.
CONNECTING TO A DISTINCTIVE RING SERVICE
A distinctive ring service lets you have multiple telephone numbers on one telephone line. Each telephone number is
assigned a different ring pattern.
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss >
AAnnsswweerr OOnn.
2. Select a ring pattern.
SETTING THE FAX DATE AND TIME
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >PPrreeffeerreenncceess >DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee >CCoonnffiigguurree.
2. Configure the settings.
CONFIGURING DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >PPrreeffeerreenncceess >DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee >CCoonnffiigguurree.
2. In the Time Zone menu, touch ((UUTTCC++uusseerr)) CCuussttoomm.
3. In the Configure menu, touch UUTTCC OOffffsseett.
4. Configure the settings.
CONFIGURING THE FAX SPEAKER SETTINGS
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >SSppeeaakkeerr SSeettttiinnggss.
2. Do the following:
• Set the Speaker Mode to AAllwwaayyss OOnn.
• Set the Speaker Volume to HHiigghh.
• Activate the Ringer Volume.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 55
Set up, Install, and Configure
Configuring Device Sounds Settings
Note: The Device Sounds icon is available only in some printer models.
1. From the control panel, touch the DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss icon.
The Status/Supplies screen appears.
2. At the Status/Supplies screen, touch DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss:: OOnn.
The Device Sounds screen appears.
3. From the Device Sounds screen, you can enable or disable the following sound settings:
• Mute All Sounds
• Button Feedback
• Access Device Feedback
• Volume
• ADF Loaded Beep
• Alarm Control
• Cartridge Alarm
• Speaker Mode
• Ringer Volume
56 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Configuring the e-mail SMTP settings
Configure the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) settings to send a scanned document through e-mail. The
settings vary with each e-mail service provider.
Before you begin, make sure that the printer is connected to a network and that the network is connected to the
Internet.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 57
Set up, Install, and Configure
Using the e-mail setup wizard in the printer
Note: Before using the wizard, make sure that the printer firmware is updated. For more information, see
Updating Software.
1. From the home screen, touch EE--mmaaiill.
2. Touch SSeett uupp nnooww, and then type your e-mail address.
3. Type the password.
• Depending on your e-mail service provider, type your account password, app password, or authentication
password. For more information on the password, see the list of Email Service Providers, and then look for
Device Password.
• If your provider is not listed, then contact your provider and ask for the Primary SMTP Gateway, Primary
SMTP Gateway Port, Use SSL/TLS, and SMTP Server Authentication settings.
4. Touch OOKK.
58 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Using the Settings menu in the printer
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >EE--mmaaiill >EE--mmaaiill SSeettuupp.
2. Configure the settings.
• For more information on the password, see the list of Email Service Providers.
• For e-mail service providers that are not on the list, contact your provider and ask for the settings.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 59
Set up, Install, and Configure
Using the Embedded Web Server
1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> EE--mmaaiill.
3. From the E-mail Setup section, configure the settings.
• For more information on the password, see the list of Email Service Providers.
• For e-mail service providers that are not on the list, contact your provider and ask for the settings.
4. Click SSaavvee.
Use the following table to determine the SMTP settings of your e-mail service provider.
EMAIL SERVICE PROVIDERS
To determine the SMTP settings of your email service provider, use the following tables.
Note: For each Email Service Provider, the port number can be different according to the Primary SMTP
Gateway.
Gmail™
Note: Make sure that two-step verification is enabled on your Google account.
To enable two-step verification, go to the Google Account Security page, log in to your account, then from the
Signing in to Google section, click 22--SStteepp VVeerriiffiiccaattiioonn.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.gmail.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Note: The port number can be different according to the
Primary SMTP Gateway. For example, it can be 25, 465 or
587.
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
60 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password App password
Note: To create an app password, go to the Google Account
Security page, log in to your account, and from the Signing in
to Google section, click AApppp ppaasssswwoorrddss.
Yahoo!®Mail
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.mail.yahoo.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password App password
Note: To create an app password, go to the Yahoo Account
Security page, log in to your account, and then click
GGeenneerraattee aapppp ppaasssswwoorrdd
Outlook Live
These settings apply to outlook.com and hotmail.com email domains.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.office365.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 61
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Account password or app password
• For accounts with two-step verification disabled, use your account
password.
• For accounts with two-step verification enabled, use an app
password. To create an app password, go to the Outlook Live
Account Managment page, then log in to your account.
AOL Mail
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.aol.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password App password
Note: To create an app password, go to the AOL Account
Security page, log in to your account, then click GGeenneerraattee
aapppp ppaasssswwoorrdd.
iCloud Mail
Note: Make sure that the two-step verification is enabled on your account.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.mail.me.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
62 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password App password
Note: To create an app password, go to the iCloud Account
Management page, log in to your account, then from the
Security section, click GGeenneerraattee PPaasssswwoorrdd.
Comcast Mail
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.comcast.net
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Account password
Mail.com
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.mail.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Account password
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 63
Set up, Install, and Configure
Zoho Mail
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.zoho.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Account password or app password
• For accounts with two-step verification disabled, use your account
password.
• For accounts with two-step verification enabled, use an app
password. To create an app password, go to the Zoho Mail
Account Security page, log in to your account, then from the
Application-Specific Passwords section, click GGeenneerraattee NNeeww
PPaasssswwoorrdd.
QQ Mail
Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the QQ Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> AAccccoouunntt, then from the POP3/IMAP/SMTP/
Exchange/CardDAV/CalDAV Service section, enable either PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.qq.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
64 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Authorization code
Note: To generate an authorization code, from the QQ Mail
home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> AAccccoouunntt, then from the POP3/
IMAP/SMTP/Exchange/CardDAV/CalDAV Service section,
click GGeenneerraattee aauutthhoorriizzaattiioonn ccooddee
NetEase Mail (mail.163.com)
Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the NetEase Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, and then enable
either IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.163.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Authorization password
Note: The authorization password is provided when IMAP/
SMTP service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.
NetEase Mail (mail.126.com)
Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the NetEase Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, then enable either
IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.126.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465
Use SSL/TLS Required
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 65
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Authorization password
Note: The authorization password is provided when IMAP/
SMTP service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.
NetEase Mail (mail.yeah.net)
Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the NetEase Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, and then enable
either IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.yeah.net
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Authorization password
Note: The authorization password is provided when IMAP/
SMTP service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.
Sohu Mail
Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the Sohu Mail home page, click OOppttiioonnss >> SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, and then
enable either IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
66 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.sohu.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Independent password
Note: The independent password is provided when IMAP/SMTP
service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.
Sina Mail
Note: Make sure that the POP3/SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the Sina Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> MMoorree sseettttiinnggss >> UUsseerr--eenndd PPOOPP//IIMMAAPP//
SSMMTTPP, and then enable PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.sina.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Authorization code
Note: To create an authorization code, from the email home page,
click SSeettttiinnggss >> MMoorree sseettttiinnggss >> UUsseerr--eenndd PPOOPP//IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP,
and then enable AAuutthhoorriizzaattiioonn ccooddee ssttaattuuss.
• If you encounter errors using the settings provided, then contact your email service provider.
• For email service providers that are not on the list, contact your provider and ask for the settings.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 67
Set up, Install, and Configure
Loading paper and specialty media
SETTING THE PAPER SIZE AND TYPE
1. From the home screen, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//TTyyppee > select a paper source
2. Set the paper size and type.
CONFIGURING UNIVERSAL PAPER SETTINGS
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >MMeeddiiaa CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >UUnniivveerrssaall SSeettuupp.
2. Configure the settings.
LOADING TRAYS
1. Remove the tray.
Note: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while the printer is busy.
68 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
2. Adjust the guides to match the size of the paper that you are loading.
3. Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.
4. Load the paper stack with the printable side facedown, and then make sure that the guides fit snugly against
the paper.
• Load letterhead facedown with the header toward the front of the tray for one-sided printing.
• Load letterhead faceup with the header toward the back of the tray for two-sided printing.
• Do not slide paper into the tray.
• To avoid paper jams, make sure that the stack height is below the maximum paper fill indicator.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 69
Set up, Install, and Configure
5. Insert the tray.
If necessary, set the paper size and paper type from the control panel to match the paper loaded.
LOADING THE MULTIPURPOSE FEEDER
1. Open the multipurpose feeder.
2. Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.
3. Load paper with the printable side faceup.
• Load letterhead faceup with the header toward the rear of the printer for one-sided printing.
• Load letterhead facedown with the header toward the front of the printer for two-sided printing.
• Load envelopes with the flap facedown on the left side.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: Do not use envelopes with stamps, clasps, snaps, windows, coated
linings, or self-stick adhesives.
70 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
4. Adjust the guide to match the size of the paper that you are loading.
5. From the control panel, set the paper size and paper type to match the paper loaded.
LINKING TRAYS
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn > select a paper source.
2. Set the same paper size and paper type for the trays that you are linking.
3. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >MMaaiinntteennaannccee >CCoonnffiigg MMeennuu >TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >
TTrraayy LLiinnkkiinngg.
4. Touch AAuuttoommaattiicc.
To unlink trays, make sure that no trays have the same paper size and paper type settings.
WWaarrnniinngg:: The temperature of the fuser varies according to the specified paper type. To avoid printing
issues, match the paper type setting in the printer with the paper loaded in the tray.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 71
Set up, Install, and Configure
Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware
INSTALLING THE PRINTER SOFTWARE
• The print driver is included in the software installer package.
• For Macintosh computers with macOS version 10.7 or later, you do not need to install the driver to print on an
AirPrint-certified printer. If you want custom printing features, then download the print driver.
1. Obtain a copy of the software installer package.
• From the software CD that came with your printer.
• Go to www.xerox.com/drivers.
2. Run the installer, and then follow the instructions on the computer screen.
ADDING PRINTERS TO A COMPUTER
Before you begin, do one of the following:
• Connect the printer and the computer to the same network. For more information on connecting the printer to
a network, see Connecting the printer to a Wi-Fi network.
• Connect the computer to the printer. For more information, see Connecting a computer to the printer.
• Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable. For more information, see Attaching cables.
Note: The USB cable is sold separately.
For Windows users
1. From a computer, install the print driver.
Note: For more information, see Installing the printer software.
2. Open PPrriinntteerrss && ssccaannnneerrss, and then click AAdddd aa pprriinntteerr oorr ssccaannnneerr.
3. Depending on your printer connection, do one of the following:
• Select a printer from the list, and then click AAdddd ddeevviiccee.
• Click SShhooww WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt pprriinntteerrss, select a printer, and then click AAdddd ddeevviiccee.
72 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
• Click TThhee pprriinntteerr tthhaatt II wwaanntt iissnn’’tt lliisstteedd, and then from the Add Printer window, do the following:
1. Select AAdddd aa pprriinntteerr uussiinngg aa TTCCPP//IIPP aaddddrreessss oorr hhoossttnnaammee, and then click NNeexxtt.
2. In the “Hostname or IP address” field, type the printer IP address, and then click NNeexxtt.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of
numbers separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
3. Select a print driver, and then click NNeexxtt.
4. Select UUssee tthhee pprriinntt ddrriivveerr tthhaatt iiss ccuurrrreennttllyy iinnssttaalllleedd ((rreeccoommmmeennddeedd)), and then click NNeexxtt.
5. Type a printer name, and then click NNeexxtt.
6. Select a printer sharing option, and then click NNeexxtt.
7. Click FFiinniisshh.
For Macintosh users
1. From a computer, open PPrriinntteerrss && SSccaannnneerrss.
2. Click the Plus icon (+), and then select a printer.
3. From the Use menu, select a print driver.
• To use the Macintosh print driver, select either AAiirrPPrriinntt or SSeeccuurree AAiirrPPrriinntt.
• If you want custom printing features, then select the Xerox print driver. To install the driver, see Installing
the printer software.
4. Add the printer.
INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE
Before you install the print driver software, verify that the printer is plugged in, powered on, connected correctly,
and has a valid IP address. The IP address usually appears in the upper right corner of the control panel.
To view the IP address of the printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of the Printer.
Note: If the Software and Documentation disc is not available, download the latest drivers from www.xerox.
com/drivers
Operating System Requirements
• Windows 7 SP1, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server
2012, Windows Server 2016, Windows Server 2019, and Windows Server 2022.
• MacOS version 10.14 and later.
• UNIX and Linux: Your printer supports connection to various UNIX platforms through the network interface.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 73
Set up, Install, and Configure
Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows Network Printer
1. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. If the installer does
not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the SSeettuupp..eexxee installer file.
2. Click XXeerrooxx SSmmaarrtt SSttaarrtt —— DDrriivveerr IInnssttaalllleerr ((RReeccoommmmeennddeedd)).
3. At the License Agreement, click AAggrreeee.
4. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer.
When you install print drivers for a network printer, if your printer does not appear in the list, click DDoonn’’tt SSeeee
YYoouurr PPrriinntteerr??, then enter the IP address for your printer.
To view the IP address of your printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of the Printer.
5. Click QQuuiicckk IInnssttaallll.
A message appears that confirms that the installation is successful.
6. To complete the installation and close the Installer window, click DDoonnee.
Installing the Windows Print Driver .zip File
You can download print drivers from Xerox.com in a .zip file, then use the Windows Add Printer Wizard to install the
print drivers on your computer.
To install the print driver from the .zip file:
1. Download, then extract the required .zip file to a local directory on your computer.
2. At your computer, open the CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell, then select DDeevviicceess aanndd PPrriinntteerrss >> AAdddd aa PPrriinntteerr.
3. Click TThhee pprriinntteerr tthhaatt II wwaanntt iissnn''tt lliisstteedd, then click AAdddd aa llooccaall pprriinntteerr oorr nneettwwoorrkk pprriinntteerr wwiitthh mmaannuuaall
sseettttiinnggss.
4. To use a previously established port, select UUssee aann eexxiissttiinngg ppoorrtt, then from the list, select a Standard TCP/IP
Port.
5. To create a Standard TCP/IP port:
a. Select CCrreeaattee aa NNeeww PPoorrtt.
b. For Type of port, select SSttaannddaarrdd TTCCPP//IIPP PPoorrtt, then click NNeexxtt.
c. In the Hostname or IP address field, type the printer IP address or host name.
d. To disable the feature, clear the check box for QQuueerryy tthhee pprriinntteerr aanndd aauuttoommaattiiccaallllyy sseelleecctt tthhee ddrriivveerr ttoo
uussee, then click NNeexxtt.
6. Click HHaavvee DDiisskk.
7. Click BBrroowwssee. Browse to, then select the driver.inf file for your printer. Click OOppeenn.
8. Select your printer model, then click NNeexxtt.
9. If a prompt appears because the print driver was installed previously, click UUssee tthhee ddrriivveerr tthhaatt iiss ccuurrrreennttllyy
iinnssttaalllleedd ((rreeccoommmmeennddeedd)).
10. In the Printer name field, type a name for your printer.
11. To install the print driver, click NNeexxtt.
74 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
12. If needed, set the printer as the default printer.
Note: Before you select SShhaarree PPrriinntteerr, contact your system administrator.
13. To send a test page to the printer, click PPrriinntt aa tteesstt ppaaggee.
14. Click FFiinniisshh.
Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows USB Printer
1. Connect the B end of a standard A/B USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 cable to the USB Port on the back of the printer.
2. Connect the A end of the USB cable to the USB port on the computer.
3. If the Windows Found New Hardware Wizard appears, click ccaanncceell.
4. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. If the installer does
not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the SSeettuupp..eexxee installer file.
5. Click XXeerrooxx SSmmaarrtt SSttaarrtt —— DDrriivveerr IInnssttaalllleerr ((RReeccoommmmeennddeedd)).
6. At the License Agreement, click AAggrreeee.
7. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer, then click QQuuiicckk IInnssttaallll.
A message appears that confirms that the installation is successful.
8. To complete the installation and close the Installer window, click DDoonnee.
Installing the Printer as a Web Service on Devices
Web Services on Devices (WSD) allows a client to discover and access a remote device and its associated services
across a network. WSD supports device discovery, control, and use.
Installing a WSD Printer Using the Add Device Wizard
1. At your computer, click SSttaarrtt, then select PPrriinntteerrss aanndd SSccaannnneerrss.
2. To add the required printer, click AAdddd aa PPrriinntteerr oorr SSccaannnneerr.
3. In the list of available devices, select the device that you want to use, then click NNeexxtt.
Note: If the printer that you want to use does not appear in the list, click CCaanncceell. To add the printer
manually, use the IP address of the printer. For details, refer to Installing the Windows Print Driver .zip File.
4. Click CClloossee.
Installing the Drivers and Utilities for MacOS
1. Download the latest print driver from https://www.xerox.com/office/drivers.
2. Open the Xerox®Print Drivers 5.xx.x.dmg or .pkg as needed for your printer.
3. To run Xerox®Print Drivers 5.xx.x.dmg or .pkg, double-click the appropriate file name.
4. When prompted, click CCoonnttiinnuuee.
5. To accept the license agreement, click II AAggrreeee.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 75
Set up, Install, and Configure
6. To accept the current installation location, click IInnssttaallll, or select another location for the installation files, then
click IInnssttaallll.
7. If prompted, enter your password, then click OOKK.
8. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer, then click NNeexxtt.
9. If your printer does not appear in the list of discovered printers:
a. Click the NNeettwwoorrkk PPrriinntteerr IIccoonn.
b. Type the IP address of your printer, then click CCoonnttiinnuuee.
c. Select your printer in the list of discovered printers, then click CCoonnttiinnuuee.
10. If your printer was not detected, verify that the printer is powered on and that the Ethernet or USB cable is
connected properly.
11. To accept the print queue message, click OOKK.
12. Select or clear the SSeett PPrriinntteerr aass DDeeffaauulltt and PPrriinntt aa TTeesstt PPaaggee check boxes.
13. Click CCoonnttiinnuuee, then click CClloossee.
Adding the Printer for MacOS
For networking, set up your printer using Bonjour®(mDNS), or for an LPD, LPR connection, connect using the IP
address of your printer. For a non-network printer, create a desktop USB connection.
For more information, go to the Online Support Assistant at: https://www.xerox.com/support.
AAddddiinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr UUssiinngg BBoonnjjoouurr
To add the printer using Bonjour®:
1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open SSyysstteemm PPrreeffeerreenncceess.
2. Click PPrriinntteerrss && SSccaannnneerrss.
The list of printers appears on the left of the window.
3. For the list of printers, click the Plus icon (++).
4. At the top of the window, click the DDeeffaauulltt icon.
5. Select your printer from the list, then click AAdddd.
Note: If your printer is not detected, verify that the printer is powered on and that the Ethernet cable is
connected properly.
AAddddiinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr bbyy SSppeecciiffyyiinngg tthhee IIPP AAddddrreessss
To add the printer by specifying the IP address:
1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open SSyysstteemm PPrreeffeerreenncceess.
2. Click PPrriinntteerrss && SSccaannnneerrss.
The list of printers appears on the left of the window.
3. In the list of printers, click the Plus (++) icon.
4. Click IIPP.
76 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
5. From the Protocol list, select the protocol.
6. In the Address field, enter the IP address of the printer.
7. In the Name field, enter a name for the printer.
8. From the Use list, choose SSeelleecctt aa ddrriivveerr ttoo uussee.
9. From the printer software list, select the print driver for your printer model.
10. Click AAdddd.
Installing Print Drivers and Utilities for UNIX and Linux
For more information on installing print drivers and utilities for UNIX and Linux, refer to https://www.xerox.com/
office/drivers.
UPDATING SOFTWARE
Some applications require a minimum device software level to operate correctly.
For more information on updating the device software, contact your customer service representative.
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> SSooffttwwaarree UUppddaattee.
3. Choose one of the following:
• Click CChheecckk ffoorr uuppddaatteess >> II aaggrreeee,, ssttaarrtt uuppddaattee.
• To upload the software file, perform the following steps:
To get the latest software, go to www.xerox.com, and search for your printer model.
1. Browse to the software file.
Note: Make sure that you have extracted the software.zip file.
2. Click UUppllooaadd >> SSttaarrtt.
EXPORTING OR IMPORTING A CONFIGURATION FILE
You can export the configuration settings of your printer into a text file, and then import the file to apply the
settings to other printers.
1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly.
2. From the Embedded Web Server, click EExxppoorrtt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn or IImmppoorrtt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 77
Set up, Install, and Configure
4. If the printer supports applications, then do the following:
a. Click AAppppss, select the application, then click CCoonnffiigguurree.
b. Click EExxppoorrtt or IImmppoorrtt.
ADDING AVAILABLE OPTIONS IN THE PRINT DRIVER
For Windows users
1. Open the printers folder.
2. Select the printer you want to update, and then do either of the following:
• For Windows 7 or later, select PPrriinntteerr pprrooppeerrttiieess.
• For earlier versions, select PPrrooppeerrttiieess.
3. Navigate to the Configuration tab, and then select UUppddaattee NNooww -- AAsskk PPrriinntteerr.
4. Apply the changes.
For Macintosh users
1. From System Preferences in the Apple menu, navigate to your printer, and then select OOppttiioonnss && SSuupppplliieess.
2. Navigate to the list of hardware options, and then add any installed options.
3. Apply the changes.
78 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 81
4
Secure the printer
This chapter contains:
Locating the security slot.......................................................................................................................82
Erasing printer memory.........................................................................................................................83
Restoring factory default settings............................................................................................................84
Statement of Volatility..........................................................................................................................85
Erasing printer memory
To erase volatile memory or buffered data in your printer, turn off the printer.
To erase non-volatile memory or individual settings, device and network settings, security settings, and embedded
solutions, do the following:
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> MMaaiinntteennaannccee.
2. From Erase Printer Memory, select the SSaanniittiizzee aallll iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn nnoonnvvoollaattiillee mmeemmoorryy check box, then
touch OOKK.
3. Select either SSttaarrtt iinniittiiaall sseettuupp wwiizzaarrdd or LLeeaavvee pprriinntteerr oofffflliinnee, then touch OOKK.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 83
Secure the printer
Restoring factory default settings
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> RReessttoorree FFaaccttoorryy DDeeffaauullttss.
2. In the Restore Settings menu, select the settings that you want to restore.
3. Touch RREESSTTOORREE.
4. Follow the instructions on the display.
84 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Secure the printer
Statement of Volatility
Your printer contains various types of memory that can store device and network settings, and user data.
TTYYPPEE OOFF MMEEMMOORRYY DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Volatile memory Your printer uses standard random access memory
(RAM) to temporarily buffer user data during simple
print jobs.
Non-volatile memory Your printer may use two forms of non-volatile
memory: EEPROM and NAND (flash memory). Both
types are used to store operating system, device
settings, and network information.
Erase the content of any installed printer memory in the following circumstances:
• The printer is being decommissioned.
• The printer is being moved to a different department or location.
• The printer is being serviced by someone from outside your organization.
• The printer is being removed from your premises for service.
• The printer is being sold to another organization.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 85
Secure the printer
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 87
5
Print
This chapter contains:
Printing from a computer ......................................................................................................................88
Printing from a mobile device.................................................................................................................89
Printing from a flash drive......................................................................................................................90
Supported flash drives and file types .......................................................................................................91
Configuring confidential jobs .................................................................................................................92
Printing confidential and other held jobs..................................................................................................93
Printing a font sample list......................................................................................................................94
Placing separator sheets between copies..................................................................................................95
Canceling a print job ............................................................................................................................96
Adjusting toner darkness.......................................................................................................................97
Printing from a computer
Note: For labels, card stock, and envelopes, set the paper size and type in the printer before printing the
document.
1. From the document that you are trying to print, open the Print dialog.
2. If necessary, adjust the settings.
3. Print the document.
88 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Print
Printing from a mobile device
PRINTING FROM A MOBILE DEVICE USING MOPRIA PRINT SERVICE
Mopria Print Service is a mobile printing solution for mobile devices running on AndroidTM version 5.0 or later. It
allows you to print directly to any Mopria-certified printer.
Note: Make sure that you download the Mopria Print Service application from the Google PlayTM store and
enable it in the mobile device.
1. From your Android mobile device, launch a compatible application or select a document from your file
manager.
2. Tap MMoorree OOppttiioonnss >> PPrriinntt.
3. Select a printer, and then adjust the settings, if necessary.
4. Tap PPrriinntt.
PRINTING FROM A MOBILE DEVICE USING AIRPRINT
The AirPrint software feature is a mobile printing solution that allows you to print directly from Apple devices to an
AirPrint-certified printer.
• Make sure that the Apple device and the printer are connected to the same network. If the network has multiple
wireless hubs, then make sure that both devices are connected to the same subnet.
• This application is supported only in some Apple devices.
1. From your mobile device, select a document from your file manager or launch a compatible application.
2. Tap SShhaarree//UUppllooaadd >> PPrriinntt.
3. Select a printer, and then adjust the settings, if necessary.
4. Print the document.
PRINTING FROM A MOBILE DEVICE USING WI-FI DIRECT®
Wi-Fi Direct is a printing service that lets you print to any Wi-Fi Direct-ready printer.
Note: Make sure that the mobile device is connected to the printer wireless network. For more information,
see Connecting a mobile device to the printer.
1. From your mobile device, launch a compatible application or select a document from your file manager.
2. Depending on your mobile device, do one of the following:
• Tap MMoorree ooppttiioonnss >> PPrriinntt.
• Tap SShhaarree >> PPrriinntt.
• Tap MMoorree ooppttiioonnss >> PPrriinntt.
3. Select a printer, and then adjust the settings, if necessary.
4. Print the document.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 89
Print
Printing from a flash drive
1. Insert the flash drive.
• If you insert the flash drive when an error message appears, then the printer ignores the flash drive.
• If you insert the flash drive while the printer is processing other print jobs, then Busy appears on the display.
2. From the display, touch the document that you want to print.
If necessary, configure other print settings.
3. Send the print job.
To print another document, touch UUSSBB DDrriivvee.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid loss of data or printer malfunction, do not touch the flash drive or the printer in the
area shown while actively printing, reading, or writing from the memory device.
90 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Print
Supported flash drives and file types
FLASH DRIVES
• Lexar JumpDrive S70 (16GB and 32GB)
• SanDisk Cruzer (16GB and 32GB)
• PNY Attache (16GB and 32GB)
Note:
• The printer supports high-speed USB flash drives with full-speed standard.
• USB flash drives must support the File Allocation Table (FAT) system.
FILE TYPES
Documents
PDF (version 1.7 or earlier)
Images
.JPEG or .jpg
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 91
Print
Configuring confidential jobs
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >SSeeccuurriittyy >CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall PPrriinntt SSeettuupp
2. Configure the settings.
UUSSEE TTOO
Max Invalid PIN Set the number of times an invalid PIN can be
entered.
When the limit is reached, the print jobs for that user
name are deleted.
Confidential Job Expiration Set the expiration time for confidential print jobs.
Confidential held jobs are stored in the printer until
they are released or deleted manually.
Repeat Job Expiration Set the expiration time for a repeat print job.
Repeat held jobs are stored in the printer memory for
reprinting.
Verify Job Expiration Set the expiration time that the printer prints a copy
before printing the remaining copies.
Verify jobs print one copy to check if it is satisfactory
before printing the remaining copies.
Reserve Job Expiration Set the expiration time that the printer stores print
jobs.
Reserve held jobs are automatically deleted after
printing.
Require All Jobs to be Held Set the printer to hold all print jobs.
Keep duplicate documents Set the printer to print all documents with the same
file name.
92 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Print
Printing confidential and other held jobs
FOR WINDOWS USERS
1. With a document open, click FFiillee >> PPrriinntt.
2. Select the printer, then click PPrriinntteerr PPrrooppeerrttiieess >> PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss >> JJoobb TTyyppee.
3. Select the print job type (Secure Print, Sample Set, Saved Job).
If you select SSeeccuurree PPrriinntt, enter a Passcode, then click OOKK. The pin entry window disappears.
4. To close Printing Options window, click OOKK.
5. Click PPrriinntt.
FOR MACINTOSH USERS
UUssiinngg AAiirrPPrriinntt
1. With a document open, click FFiillee >> PPrriinntt.
2. Select a printer, and then from the drop-down menu following the Orientation menu, choose PPIINN PPrriinnttiinngg.
3. Enable PPrriinntt wwiitthh PPIINN, and then enter a four-digit PIN.
4. Click PPrriinntt.
5. From the printer home screen, release the print job. Touch HHeelldd jjoobbss >> sseelleecctt yyoouurr ccoommppuutteerr nnaammee >>
CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall >> eenntteerr tthhee PPIINN >> sseelleecctt tthhee pprriinntt jjoobb >> PPrriinntt.
UUssiinngg tthhee pprriinntt ddrriivveerr
1. With a document open, click FFiillee >> PPrriinntt.
2. Select a printer, and then from the drop-down menu following the Orientation menu, choose PPrriinntt aanndd HHoolldd.
3. Choose CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall PPrriinntt, and then enter a four-digit PIN.
4. Click PPrriinntt.
5. From the printer home screen, release the print job. Touch HHeelldd jjoobbss >> sseelleecctt yyoouurr ccoommppuutteerr nnaammee >>
CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall >> sseelleecctt tthhee pprriinntt jjoobb >> eenntteerr tthhee PPIINN >> PPrriinntt.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 93
Print
Canceling a print job
FROM THE PRINTER CONTROL PANEL
1. From the home screen, touch CCaanncceell aa jjoobb.
2. Select a job to cancel.
FROM THE COMPUTER
1. Depending on the operating system, do either of the following:
• Open the printers folder, and then select your printer.
• From the System Preferences in the Apple menu, navigate to your printer.
2. Select a job to cancel.
96 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Print
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 99
6
Copy
This chapter contains:
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... .. .. .... ....... .. .. .... ..... .. .. ........... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... 100
Making copies...................................................................................................................................101
Copying photos.................................................................................................................................102
Copying on letterhead ........................................................................................................................103
Copying on both sides of the paper.......................................................................................................104
Reducing or enlarging copies................................................................................................................105
Copying multiple pages onto a single sheet . ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... 106
Collating copies.................................................................................................................................107
Copying cards ...................................................................................................................................108
Creating a copy shortcut.....................................................................................................................109
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS
• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided
documents.
• Load an original document faceup. For multiple-
page documents, make sure to align the leading
edge before loading.
• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the
width of the paper that you are loading.
• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,
book pages, small items (such as postcards or
photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media
(such as magazine clippings).
• Place the document facedown in the corner with
the arrow.
100 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Copy
Making copies
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
Note: To avoid a cropped image, make sure that the original document and output have the same paper
size.
2. From the home screen, touch CCooppyy, and then specify the number of copies.
If necessary, adjust the copy settings.
3. Copy the document.
Note: To make a quick copy, from the control panel, press the SSttaarrtt button.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 101
Copy
Copying on letterhead
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the home screen, touch CCooppyy >> CCooppyy FFrroomm >> sseelleecctt tthhee ssiizzee ooff tthhee oorriiggiinnaall ddooccuummeenntt.
3. Touch CCooppyy TToo, and then select the paper source that contains the letterhead.
If you loaded the letterhead into the multipurpose feeder, then navigate to:
CCooppyy TToo >> MMuullttiippuurrppoossee FFeeeeddeerr >> sseelleecctt aa ppaappeerr ssiizzee >> LLeetttteerrhheeaadd
4. Copy the document.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 103
Copy
Reducing or enlarging copies
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the home screen, navigate to:
CCooppyy >> SSccaallee >> ssppeecciiffyy aa ssccaallee vvaalluuee
Note: Changing the size of the original document or output after setting Scale restores the scale value to
Auto.
3. Copy the document.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 105
Copy
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 111
7
E-mail
This chapter contains:
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... .. .. .... ....... .. .. .... ..... .. .. ........... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... 112
Sending an e-mail..............................................................................................................................113
Creating an e-mail shortcut..................................................................................................................114
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS
• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided
documents.
• Load an original document faceup. For multiple-
page documents, make sure to align the leading
edge before loading.
• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the
width of the paper that you are loading.
• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,
book pages, small items (such as postcards or
photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media
(such as magazine clippings).
• Place the document facedown in the corner with
the arrow.
112 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
E-mail
Sending an e-mail
Before you begin, make sure that the SMTP settings are configured. For more information, see Configuring the e-
mail SMTP settings.
USING THE CONTROL PANEL
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the home screen, touch EE--mmaaiill, and then enter the needed information.
3. If necessary, configure the output file type settings.
4. Send the e-mail.
USING A SHORTCUT NUMBER
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the home screen, touch SShhoorrttccuuttss >> EE--mmaaiill.
3. Select the shortcut number.
4. Send the e-mail.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 113
E-mail
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 115
8
Fax
This chapter contains:
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... .. .. .... ....... .. .. .... ..... .. .. ........... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... 116
Sending a fax....................................................................................................................................117
Scheduling a fax................................................................................................................................118
Creating a fax destination shortcut .......................................................................................................119
Changing the fax resolution.................................................................................................................120
Adjusting the fax darkness...................................................................................................................121
Printing a fax log................................................................................................................................122
Blocking junk faxes.............................................................................................................................123
Holding a fax ....................................................................................................................................124
Forwarding a fax................................................................................................................................125
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS
• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided
documents.
• Load an original document faceup. For multiple-
page documents, make sure to align the leading
edge before loading.
• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the
width of the paper that you are loading.
• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,
book pages, small items (such as postcards or
photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media
(such as magazine clippings).
• Place the document facedown in the corner with
the arrow.
116 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Fax
Scheduling a fax
1. Load the original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the home screen, touch FFaaxx >> TToo.
3. Enter the recipient number, then touch AAdddd >> DDoonnee.
4. Touch SSeenndd TTiimmee, configure the date and time, then touch OOKK.
5. Send the fax.
118 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Fax
Creating a fax destination shortcut
1. From the home screen, touch FFaaxx >> TToo.
2. Enter the recipient number, then touch AAdddd >> DDoonnee.
3. Touch the SSttaarr icon.
The Fax Shortcuts window appears.
4. Touch the Plus ++ icon, then create a shortcut.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 119
Fax
Changing the fax resolution
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the home screen, touch FFaaxx, and then enter the needed information.
3. Touch RReessoolluuttiioonn, and then adjust the setting.
4. Send the fax.
120 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Fax
Adjusting the fax darkness
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the home screen, touch FFaaxx, and then enter the needed information.
3. Touch DDaarrkknneessss, and then adjust the setting.
4. Send the fax.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 121
Fax
Holding a fax
1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> FFaaxx >> FFaaxx SSeettuupp >> FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >> HHoollddiinngg FFaaxxeess.
3. Select a mode.
4. Apply the changes.
124 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Fax
Forwarding a fax
1. Create a fax destination shortcut.
a. From the home screen, touch FFaaxx >> TToo.
b. Enter the recipient number, then touch AAdddd >> DDoonnee.
c. Touch the SSttaarr icon.
d. Touch the Plus ++ icon, then create a shortcut.
2. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> FFaaxx >> FFaaxx SSeettuupp >> FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >> AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss.
3. Touch FFaaxx FFoorrwwaarrddiinngg >> FFoorrwwaarrdd.
4. Configure the Forward to settings.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 125
Fax
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 127
9
Scan
This chapter contains:
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... .. .. .... ....... .. .. .... ..... .. .. ........... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... 128
Scanning to a computer......................................................................................................................129
Scanning to an FTP server using a shortcut .... ... .. ....... ... .. .. ....... .. ... .. .. .. ....... .. ... .. .. .. ....... ... ....... ... .. .. ....... ... 131
Scanning to a network folder using a shortcut .... .. .. ........... .. .. ......... .. .. ........... .. .. ........... .. .. ..... .... .. .. ....... ... 132
Scanning to a flash drive.....................................................................................................................133
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS
• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided
documents.
• Load an original document faceup. For multiple-
page documents, make sure to align the leading
edge before loading.
• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the
width of the paper that you are loading.
• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,
book pages, small items (such as postcards or
photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media
(such as magazine clippings).
• Place the document facedown in the corner with
the arrow.
128 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Scan
Scanning to a computer
Before you begin, make sure that:
• The printer firmware is updated. For more information, see Updating Software.
• The computer and the printer are connected to the same network.
FOR WINDOWS USERS
UUssiinngg SSccaannbbaacckk UUttiilliittyy
1. From the computer, run Scanback Utility, and then click NNeexxtt.
Note: To download the utility, go to https://www.xerox.com/office/drivers.
2. Click SSeettuupp, and then add the printer IP address.
Note: View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of
numbers separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
3. Click CClloossee >NNeexxtt.
4. Select the size of the original document, and then click NNeexxtt.
5. Select a file format and scan resolution, and then click NNeexxtt.
6. Type a unique scan profile name, and then click NNeexxtt.
7. Browse to the location you want to save the scanned document, create a file name, and then click NNeexxtt.
Note: To reuse the scan profile, enable CCrreeaattee SShhoorrttccuutt, and then create a unique shortcut name.
8. Click FFiinniisshh.
9. Load an original document into the automatic document feeder or on the scanner glass.
10. From the printer home screen, touch SSccaann ttoo CCoommppuutteerr, and then select a scan profile.
Note: Make sure that Scan to Computer is enabled. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >
VViissiibbllee HHoommee SSccrreeeenn IIccoonnss >SSccaann ttoo CCoommppuutteerr >DDiissppllaayy.
UUssiinngg WWiinnddoowwss FFaaxx aanndd SSccaann
Note: Make sure that the printer is added to the computer. For more information, see Adding printers to a
computer.
1. Load an original document into the automatic document feeder or on the scanner glass.
2. From the computer, open WWiinnddoowwss FFaaxx aanndd SSccaann.
3. From the Source menu, select a scanner source.
4. If necessary, change the scan settings.
5. Scan the document.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 129
Scan
FOR MACINTOSH USERS
Note: Make sure that the printer is added to the computer. For more information, see Adding printers to a
computer.
1. Load an original document into the automatic document feeder or on the scanner glass.
2. From the computer, do either of the following:
• Open IImmaaggee CCaappttuurree.
• Open PPrriinntteerrss && SSccaannnneerrss, and then select a printer. Click SSccaann >> OOppeenn SSccaannnneerr.
3. From the Scanner window, do one or more of the following:
• Select where you want to save the scanned document.
• Select the size of the original document.
• To scan from the ADF, select DDooccuummeenntt FFeeeeddeerr from the Scan Menu or enable UUssee DDooccuummeenntt FFeeeeddeerr.
• If necessary, configure the scan settings.
4. Click SSccaann.
130 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Scan
Scanning to an FTP server using a shortcut
1. Create an FTP shortcut.
a. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.
Note:
• View the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
b. Click SShhoorrttccuuttss >> AAdddd SShhoorrttccuutt.
c. From the Shortcut Type menu, select FFTTPP, and then configure the settings.
d. Apply the changes.
2. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
3. From the home screen, touch SShhoorrttccuuttss >FFTTPP
4. Select the shortcut.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 131
Scan
Scanning to a network folder using a shortcut
1. Create a network folder shortcut.
a. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
b. Click SShhoorrttccuuttss >> AAdddd SShhoorrttccuutt.
c. From the Shortcut Type menu, select NNeettwwoorrkk FFoollddeerr, and then configure the settings.
d. Apply the changes.
2. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
3. From the home screen, touch SShhoorrttccuuttss >SSccaann ttoo NNeettwwoorrkk.
4. Select the shortcut.
132 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Scan
Scanning to a flash drive
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. Insert the flash drive.
3. Touch SSccaann ttoo UUSSBB and adjust the settings if necessary.
• To save the scanned document to a folder, touch SSccaann ttoo, select a folder, and then touch SSccaann HHeerree.
• If the USB Drive screen does not appear, then touch UUSSBB DDrriivvee on the control panel.
4. Scan the document.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid loss of data or printer malfunction, do not touch the flash drive or the printer in the
area shown while actively printing, reading, or writing from the memory device.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 133
Scan
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 135
10
Use printer menus
This chapter contains:
Menu map........................................................................................................................................136
Device .............................................................................................................................................138
Print ................................................................................................................................................151
Paper...............................................................................................................................................158
Copy................................................................................................................................................162
Fax..................................................................................................................................................164
E-mail..............................................................................................................................................173
FTP .................................................................................................................................................178
USB Drive.........................................................................................................................................181
Network/Ports ...................................................................................................................................185
Security............................................................................................................................................205
Reports ............................................................................................................................................214
Supplies Plan.....................................................................................................................................216
Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................................217
Menu map
DDeevviiccee •Preferences
•Eco-Mode
•Remote Operator
Panel
•Notifications
•Power Management
•Restore Factory Defaults
•Maintenance
•Visible Home Screen Icons
•About this Printer
PPrriinntt •Layout
•Setup
•Quality
•PDF
•PostScript
•PCL
•Image
PPaappeerr •Tray Configuration •Media Configuration
CCooppyy Copy Defaults
FFaaxx Fax Defaults
EE--mmaaiill •E-mail Setup •E-mail Defaults
FFTTPP FTP Defaults
UUSSBB DDrriivvee •Flash Drive Scan •Flash Drive Print
NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss •Network Overview
•Wireless
•Wi-Fi Direct
•AirPrint
•Mobile Services
Management
•Ethernet
•TCP/IP
•SNMP
•IPSec
•802.1x
•LPD Configuration
•HTTP/FTP Settings
•USB
•Restrict external network access
•Universal Print
SSeeccuurriittyy •Login Methods*
•Certificate
Management*
•Login Restrictions
•Confidential Print Setup
•Erase Temporary Data Files
•Solutions LDAP Settings
•Miscellaneous
RReeppoorrttss •Menu Settings Page
•Device
•Print
•Shortcuts
•Fax
•Network
SSuupppplliieess PPllaann •Plan Activation
•Plan Conversion
•Subscription Service
136 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
Device
PREFERENCES
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
DDiissppllaayy LLaanngguuaaggee Set the language of the text that appears on the
display.
CCoouunnttrryy//RReeggiioonn Identify the country or region that the printer is
configured to operate.
RRuunn IInniittiiaall SSeettuupp
Yes
No*
Run the setup wizard.
KKeeyybbooaarrdd
Keyboard Type
[List of languages]
Select a language as a keyboard type.
Note: All the Keyboard Type values may not
appear or may require special hardware to
appear.
DDiissppllaayyeedd iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn
Display Text 1
Display Text 2
Specify the information to appear on the home screen.
DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee
Configure
Current Date and Time
Manually Set Date and Time
Date Format (MM-DD-YYYY*)
Time Format (12 hour A.M./P.M.*)
Time Zone (GMT*)
Network Time Protocol
Enable NTP
NTP Server
Enable Authentication (None*)
Configure the printer date and time.
PPaappeerr SSiizzeess
U.S.*
Metric
Specify the unit of measurement for paper sizes.
The country or region selected in the initial setup
wizard determines the initial paper size setting.
SSccrreeeenn BBrriigghhttnneessss Adjust the brightness of the display.
138 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
20–100% (100*)
FFllaasshh DDrriivvee AAcccceessss
Disabled
Enabled*
Enable access to the flash drive.
OOnnee PPaaggee FFllaattbbeedd SSccaannnniinngg
On
Off*
Set copies from the scanner glass to only one page at
a time.
DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss
MMuuttee AAllll SSoouunnddss
On
Off*
Disable and ignore all sound settings.
AAcccceessss DDeevviiccee FFeeeeddbbaacckk
On*
Off
Enable the access device feedback.
AADDFF LLooaaddeedd BBeeeepp
On*
Off
Enable a sound when loading paper into the ADF.
AAllaarrmm CCoonnttrrooll
Off
Single*
Continuous
Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when
the printer requires user intervention.
CCaarrttrriiddggee AAllaarrmm
Off*
Single
Continuous
Disable the cartridge alarm.
SSppeeaakkeerr MMooddee
Always Off*
Always On
On until Connected
Disable the speaker mode.
RRiinnggeerr VVoolluummee
Off*
Disable the ringer volume.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 139
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
On
SSccrreeeenn TTiimmeeoouutt
5–300 (60*)
Set the idle time in seconds before the display shows
the home screen, or before the printer logs out a user
account automatically.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
ECO-MODE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt
Sides
1-Sided*
2-Sided
Specify whether to print on one side or two sides of the
paper.
PPrriinntt
Pages per Side
Off*
2 pages per side
3 pages per side
4 pages per side
6 pages per side
9 pages per side
12 pages per side
16 pages per side
Print multiple page images on one side of a sheet of
paper.
PPrriinntt
Toner Darkness
Light
Normal*
Dark
Determine the lightness or darkness of text or images.
CCooppyy
Sides
1 sided to 1 sided*
1 sided to 2 sided
Specify whether to print on one side or both sides of
the paper.
140 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCooppyy
Pages per Side
Off*
2 Portrait pages
4 Portrait pages
2 Landscape pages
4 Landscape pages
Specify the number of page images to print on one
side of a sheet of paper.
CCooppyy
Darkness
1-9 (5*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
REMOTE OPERATOR PANEL
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EExxtteerrnnaall VVNNCC CCoonnnneeccttiioonn
Don’t Allow*
Allow
Connect an external Virtual Network Computing (VNC)
client to the remote control panel.
AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn TTyyppee
None*
Standard Authentication
Set the authentication type when accessing the VNC
client server.
VVNNCC PPaasssswwoorrdd Specify the password to connect to the VNC client
server.
This menu item appears only if Authentication Type is
set to Standard Authentication.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 141
Use printer menus
NOTIFICATIONS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AADDFF LLooaaddeedd BBeeeepp
Off
On*
Enable a sound when loading paper into the ADF.
AAllaarrmm CCoonnttrrooll
Off
Single*
Continuous
Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when
the printer requires user intervention.
SSuupppplliieess
Show Supply Estimates
Show estimates*
Do not show estimates
Show the estimated status of the supplies.
SSuupppplliieess
Cartridge Alarm
Off*
Single
Continuous
Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when
the cartridge is low.
SSuupppplliieess
Custom Supply Notifications
Configure notification settings when the printer
requires user intervention.
Note: This menu item appears only in the
Embedded Web Server.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Primary SMTP Gateway
Primary SMTP Gateway Port (25*)
Secondary SMTP Gateway
Secondary SMTP Gateway Port (25*)
SMTP Timeout (30 seconds*)
Reply Address
Always use SMTP default Reply Address (Off*)
Use SSL/TLS (Disabled*)
Require Trusted Certificate (On*)
Configure the e-mail settings of the printer.
142 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SMTP Server Authentication (No authentication
required*)
Device-Initiated E-mail (None*)
Device Userid
Device Password
NTLM Domain
Disable “SMTP server not set up” error (Off*)
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Jam Assist
Off
On*
Set the printer to check for jammed paper
automatically.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Continue
Disabled
Enabled* (5 seconds)
Auto Continue Time
Let the printer continue processing or printing a job
automatically after clearing certain attendance
conditions.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Reboot
Auto Reboot (Reboot always*)
Set the printer to restart when an error occurs.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Reboot
Max Auto Reboots (2*)
Set the number of automatic reboots that the printer
can perform.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Reboot
Auto Reboot Window (720*)
Set the number of seconds before the printer performs
an automatic reboot.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Reboot
Auto Reboot Counter
Show a read-only information of the reboot counter.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Display Short Paper Error
On
Set the printer to show a message when a short paper
error occurs.
Short paper refers to the size of the paper loaded.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 143
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Auto-clear*
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Page Protect
Off*
On
Set the printer to process the entire page into the
memory before printing it.
JJaamm CCoonntteenntt RReeccoovveerryy
Jam Recovery
Off
On
Auto*
Set the printer to reprint jammed pages.
JJaamm CCoonntteenntt RReeccoovveerryy
Scanner Jam Recovery
Job level
Page level*
Specify how to restart a scan job after resolving a
paper jam.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
POWER MANAGEMENT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSlleeeepp MMooddee PPrrooffiillee
Print from Sleep Mode
Stay awake after printing
Enter Sleep Mode after printing*
Set the printer to stay in Ready mode or return to Sleep
mode after printing.
TTiimmeeoouuttss
Sleep Mode
1–120 minutes (15*)
Set the idle time before the printer begins operating in
Sleep mode.
TTiimmeeoouuttss
Hibernate Timeout
Disabled
1 hour
2 hours
Set the time before the printer turns off.
144 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
3 hours
6 hours
1 day
2 days
3 days*
1 week
2 weeks
1 month
TTiimmeeoouuttss
Hibernate Timeout on Connection
Hibernate
Do Not Hibernate*
Set Hibernate Timeout to turn off the printer while an
active Ethernet connection exists.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
RESTORE FACTORY DEFAULTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
RReessttoorree SSeettttiinnggss
Restore all settings
Restore printer settings
Restore network settings
Restore fax settings
Restore the printer factory default settings.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 145
Use printer menus
MAINTENANCE
Config Menu
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
UUSSBB CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
USB PnP
1*
2
Change the USB driver mode of the printer to improve
its compatibility with a personal computer.
UUSSBB CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
USB Scan to Local
On*
Off
Set whether the USB device driver enumerates as a
USB Simple device (single interface) or as a USB
Composite device (multiple interfaces).
UUSSBB CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
USB Speed
Full
Auto*
Set the USB port to run at full speed and disable its
high-speed capabilities.
TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Tray Linking
Automatic*
Off
Set the printer to link the trays that have the same
paper type and paper size settings.
TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Show Tray Insert Message
Off
Only for unknown sizes*
Always
Display a message to select paper size and type after
inserting the tray.
TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
A5 Loading
Short Edge
Long Edge*
Specify the page orientation when loading A5 paper
size.
TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Paper Prompts
Auto*
Set the paper source that the user fills when a prompt
to load paper appears.
146 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
MP Feeder
Manual Paper
TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Envelope Prompts
Auto*
MP Feeder
Manual Envelope
Set the paper source that the user fills when a prompt
to load envelope appears.
TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Action for Prompts
Prompt user*
Continue
Use current
Set the printer to resolve paper- or envelope-related
change prompts.
RReeppoorrttss
Menu Settings Page
Event Log
Event Log Summary
Print reports about printer menu settings, status, and
event logs.
SSuuppppllyy UUssaaggee AAnndd CCoouunntteerrss
Clear Supply Usage History
Reset Black Cartridge Counter
Reset Black Imaging Unit Counter
Reset Maintenance Counter
Reset the supply page counter or view the total printed
pages.
PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss
PS Emulation
Off
On*
Set the printer to recognize and use the PS data
stream.
PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss
Emulator Security
Page Timeout
0–60 (60*)
Set the page timeout during emulation.
PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss
Emulator Security
Reset the emulator after a print job.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 147
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Reset Emulator After Job (Off*)
PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss
Emulator Security
Disable Printer Message Access (On*)
Disable access to the printer message during
emulation.
FFaaxx CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Fax Low Power Support
Disable Sleep
Permit Sleep
Auto*
Set fax to enter Sleep mode whenever the printer
determines that it must.
PPrriinntt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Font Sharpening
0–150 (24*)
Set a text point-size value below which the high-
frequency screens are used when printing font data.
PPrriinntt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Print Density
Disabled
1–5 (3*)
Copy Density
Disabled
1–5 (3*)
Adjust the toner density when printing or copying
documents.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Quiet Mode
On
Off*
Set the printer to reduce the amount of noise that it
makes when printing.
Enabling this setting slows down the overall
performance of the printer.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Panel Menus
Enable*
Disable
Set the printer to show the control panel menus.
This menu item appears only in the Embedded Web
Server.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Safe Mode
Off*
On
Set the printer to operate in a special mode, in which it
attempts to continue offering as much functionality as
possible, despite known issues.
For example, when set to On, and the duplex motor is
nonfunctional, the printer performs one-sided printing
148 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
of the documents even if the job is two-sided printing.
This setting cannot be used when the tray is not fully
inserted or the tray sensor is damaged.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Clear Custom Status
Erase all custom messages.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Clear all remotely-installed messages
Erase all remotely-installed messages.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Automatically Display Error Screens
On*
Off
Show existing error messages on the display after the
printer remains inactive on the home screen for a
length of time equal to the Screen Timeout setting.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Scanner Manual Registration
Print Quick Test
Print a Quick Test target page.
Make sure that the margin spacing on the target page
is uniform all the way around the target. If it is not,
then the printer margins must be reset.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Scanner Manual Registration
Front ADF Registration
Flatbed Registration
Manually register the flatbed and ADF after replacing
the ADF, scanner glass, or controller board.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Edge Erase
Flatbed Edge Erase (3*)
ADF Edge Erase (3*)
Set the size, in millimeters, of the no-print area around
an ADF or flatbed scan job.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Disable Scanner
Enabled*
Disabled
ADF Disabled
Disable the scanner if it is not working properly.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Tiff Byte Order
CPU Endianness*
Little Endian
Set the byte order of a TIFF-formatted scan output.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 149
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Big Endian
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Exact Tiff Rows Per Strip
On*
Off
Set the RowsPerStrip tag value of a TIFF-formatted
scan output.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Out of Service Erase
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSaanniittiizzee aallll iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn nnoonnvvoollaattiillee mmeemmoorryy
Erase all printer and network settings
Erase all shortcuts and shortcut settings
Clear all settings and applications that are stored in the
printer.
VISIBLE HOME SCREEN ICONS
MMEENNUU DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCooppyy EE--mmaaiill FFaaxx SSttaattuuss//SSuupppplliieess JJoobb QQuueeuuee
CChhaannggee LLaanngguuaaggee HHeelldd JJoobbss UUSSBB SSccaann ttoo
CCoommppuutteerr
Specify which icons to show on the home screen.
ABOUT THIS PRINTER
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAsssseett TTaagg Describe the printer. The maximum length is 32
characters.
PPrriinntteerr LLooccaattiioonn Identify the printer location. The maximum length is
63 characters.
CCoonnttaacctt Personalize the printer name. The maximum length is
63 characters.
EExxppoorrtt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn FFiillee ttoo UUSSBB Export configuration files to a flash drive.
EExxppoorrtt CCoommpprreesssseedd LLooggss ttoo UUSSBB Export compressed log files to a flash drive.
SSeenndd LLooggss Send diagnostic information to Xerox.
150 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
Print
LAYOUT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSiiddeess
1-Sided*
2-Sided
Specify whether to print on one side or both sides of
the paper.
FFlliipp SSttyyllee
Long Edge*
Short Edge
Determine which side of the paper is bound when
performing two-sided printing.
Depending on the option selected, the printer
automatically offsets each printed information of the
page to bind the job correctly.
BBllaannkk PPaaggeess
Print
Do Not Print*
Print blank pages that are included in a print job.
CCoollllaattee
Off [1,1,1,2,2,2]
On [1,2,1,2,1,2]*
Keep the pages of a print job stacked in sequence,
particularly when printing multiple copies of the job.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss
None*
Between Copies
Between Jobs
Between Pages
Insert blank separator sheets when printing.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
MP Feeder
Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee
Off*
2 pages per side
3 pages per side
4 pages per side
6 pages per side
9 pages per side
Print multiple page images on one side of a sheet of
paper.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 151
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
12 pages per side
16 pages per side
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrrddeerriinngg
Horizontal*
Reverse Horizontal
Vertical
Reverse Vertical
Specify the positioning of multiple page images when
using Pages per Side.
The positioning depends on the number of page
images and their page orientation.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Auto*
Landscape
Portrait
Specify the orientation of a multiple-page document
when using Pages per Side.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee BBoorrddeerr
None*
Solid
Print a border around each page image when using
Pages per Side.
CCooppiieess
1–9999 (1*)
Specify the number of copies for each print job.
PPrriinntt AArreeaa
Normal*
Whole Page
Set the printable area on a sheet of paper.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
SETUP
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntteerr LLaanngguuaaggee
PCL Emulation*
PS Emulation
Set the printer language.
Setting a printer language default does not prevent a
software program from sending print jobs that use
another printer language.
RReessoouurrccee SSaavvee
Off*
On
Determine what the printer does with downloaded
resources, such as fonts and macros, when it receives a
job that requires more than the available memory.
• When set to Off, the printer retains downloaded
resources only until memory is needed. Resources
152 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
associated with the inactive printer language are
deleted.
• When set to On, the printer preserves all the
permanent downloaded resources across all
language switches. When necessary, the printer
shows memory full messages instead of deleting
permanent resources.
PPrriinntt AAllll OOrrddeerr
Alphabetical*
Newest First
Oldest First
Specify the order when you choose to print all held and
confidential jobs.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
QUALITY
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt RReessoolluuttiioonn
300 dpi
600 dpi*
1200 Image Q
2400 Image Q
Set the resolution for the text and images on the
printed output.
Resolution is determined in dots per inch or image
quality.
TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss
Light
Normal*
Dark
Determine the lightness or darkness of text images.
HHaallffttoonnee
Normal*
Detail
Enhance the printed output to have smoother lines
with sharper edges.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 153
Use printer menus
PDF
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSccaallee TToo FFiitt
Yes
No*
Scale the page content to fit the selected paper size.
AAnnnnoottaattiioonnss
Print
Do Not Print*
Specify whether to print annotations in the PDF.
PPrriinntt PPDDFF EErrrroorr
Off
On*
Enable the printing of PDF error.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
POSTSCRIPT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt PPSS EErrrroorr
Off*
On
Print a page that describes the PostScript®error.
When an error occurs, processing of the job stops, the
printer prints an error message, and the rest of the
print job is flushed.
MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh
1–30 (2*)
Set the minimum stroke width.
Jobs printed in 1200 dpi use the value directly.
LLoocckk PPSS SSttaarrttuupp MMooddee
Off
On*
Disable the SysStart file.
WWaaiitt TTiimmeeoouutt
Disabled
Enabled*
Set the printer to wait for more data before canceling a
print job.
Wait Timeout Time appears only when Wait Timeout is
enabled.
WWaaiitt TTiimmeeoouutt TTiimmee
15–65535 (40 seconds*)
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
154 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
PCL
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFoonntt NNaammee
[List of available fonts] (Courier*)
Select a font from the specified font source.
SSyymmbbooll SSeett
[List of available symbol set] (10U PC-8*)
Specify the symbol set for each font name.
Note: A symbol set is a set of alphabetic and
numeric characters, punctuation, and special
symbols. Symbol sets support the different
languages or specific programs such as math
symbols for scientific text.
PPiittcchh
0.08–100.00 (10.00*)
Specify the pitch for fixed or monospaced fonts.
Note: Pitch refers to the number of fixed-space
characters in a horizontal inch of type.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Landscape
Reverse Portrait
Reverse Landscape
Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the
page.
LLiinneess ppeerr PPaaggee
1–255
Specify the number of lines of text for each page
printed through the PCL® data stream.
• This menu item activates vertical escapement that
causes the selected number of requested lines to
print between the default margins of the page.
• 60 is the U.S. factory default setting. 64 is the
international factory default setting.
PPCCLL55 MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh
1–30 (2*)
Set the initial minimum stroke width.
Jobs printed in 1200 dpi use the value directly.
PPCCLLXXLL MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh
1–30 (2*)
AA44 WWiiddtthh
198mm*
203mm
Set the width of the logical page on A4-size paper.
Note: Logical page is the space on the physical
page where data is printed.
AAuuttoo CCRR aafftteerr LLFF
Off*
On
Set the printer to perform a carriage return after a line
feed control command.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 155
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Note: Carriage return is a mechanism that
commands the printer to move the position of
the cursor to the first position on the same line.
AAuuttoo LLFF aafftteerr CCRR
Off*
On
Set the printer to perform a line feed after a carriage
return control command.
TTrraayy RReennuummbbeerr
Assign MP Feeder
Assign Tray [x]
Assign Manual Paper
Assign Manual Envelope
Configure the printer to work with a different print
driver or custom application that uses a different set of
source assignments to request a given paper source.
Choose from the following options:
Off*—The printer uses the factory default paper source
assignments.
None—The paper source ignores the Select Paper Feed
command.
0–199—Select a numeric value to assign a custom
value to a paper source.
TTrraayy RReennuummbbeerr
View Factory Defaults
Show the factory default value assigned for each paper
source.
TTrraayy RReennuummbbeerr
Restore Defaults
Restore the tray renumber values to their factory
defaults.
PPrriinntt TTiimmeeoouutt
Disabled
Enabled*
Set the printer to end a print job after it has been idle
for the specified amount of time in seconds.
Note: This menu item appears only when Print
Timeout is enabled.
PPrriinntt TTiimmeeoouutt TTiimmee
1–255 (90*)
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
156 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
IMAGE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAuuttoo FFiitt
On
Off*
Select the best available paper size and orientation
setting for an image.
When set to On, this menu item overrides the scaling
and orientation settings for the image.
IInnvveerrtt
Off*
On
Invert bitonal monochrome images.
This menu item does not apply to GIF or JPEG image
formats.
SSccaalliinngg
Anchor Top Left
Best Fit*
Anchor Center
Fit Height/Width
Fit Height
Fit Width
Adjust the image to fit the printable area.
When Auto Fit is set to On, Scaling is automatically set
to Best Fit.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Landscape
Reverse Portrait
Reverse Landscape
Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the
page.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 157
Use printer menus
Paper
TRAY CONFIGURATION
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
DDeeffaauulltt SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
MP Feeder
Manual Paper
Manual Envelope
Set the paper source for all print jobs.
MP Feeder appears only when Configure MP is set to
Cassette.
PPaappeerr SSiizzee//TTyyppee
Tray [x]
MP Feeder
Manual Paper
Manual Envelope
Specify the paper size or paper type loaded in each
paper source.
SSuubbssttiittuuttee SSiizzee
Off
Letter/A4
All Listed*
Set the printer to substitute a specified paper size if the
requested size is not loaded in any paper source.
• Off prompts the user to load the required paper
size.
• Letter/A4 prints A4-size document on letter when
loading letter, and letter-size jobs on A4 paper size
when loading A4.
• All Listed substitutes Letter/A4.
CCoonnffiigguurree MMPP
Cassette*
Manual
First
Set the printer when to pick paper loaded in the
multipurpose feeder.
• When set to Cassette, the printer treats the
multipurpose feeder like a tray.
• When set to Manual, the printer treats the
multipurpose feeder like a manual feeder.
• When set to First, the printer picks paper from the
multipurpose feeder until it is empty, regardless of
the required paper source or paper size.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
158 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MEDIA CONFIGURATION
Universal Setup
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
UUnniittss ooff MMeeaassuurree
Inches
Millimeters
Specify the unit of measurement for the universal
paper.
Inches is the U.S. factory default setting. Millimeters is
the international factory default setting.
PPoorrttrraaiitt WWiiddtthh
3.90–14.17inches (8.50*)
99–360mm (216*)
Set the portrait width of the universal paper.
PPoorrttrraaiitt HHeeiigghhtt
3.90–14.17inches (14*)
99–360mm (356*)
Set the portrait height of the universal paper.
FFeeeedd DDiirreeccttiioonn
Short Edge*
Long Edge
Set the printer to pick paper from the short edge or
long edge direction.
Long Edge appears only when the longest edge is
shorter than the maximum width supported.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 159
Use printer menus
Custom Scan Sizes
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCuussttoomm SSccaann SSiizzee [[xx]]
Scan Size Name
Width
1–8.50inches (8.50*)
25–216mm (216*)
Height
1–14inches (14*)
25–356mm (297*)
Orientation
Portrait*
Landscape
2 scans per side
Off*
On
Assign a scan size name and configure the scan
settings.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
160 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
Media Types
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Plain Paper
Card Stock
Recycled
Labels
Bond
Envelope
Rough Envelope
Letterhead
Preprinted
Colored Paper
Light
Heavy
Rough/Cotton
Custom Type [X]
Specify the texture, weight, and orientation of the
paper loaded.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 161
Use printer menus
Copy
COPY DEFAULTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee
Text
Text/Photo*
Photo
Graphics
Improve the output result based on the content of the
original document.
SSiiddeess
1 sided to 1 sided*
1 sided to 2 sided
Specify the scanning behavior based on the original
document.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee
Off*
2 Portrait pages
4 Portrait pages
2 Landscape pages
4 Landscape pages
Specify the number of page images to print on one
side of a sheet of paper.
PPrriinntt PPaaggee BBoorrddeerrss
On
Off*
Place a border around each image when printing
multiple pages on a single page.
CCoollllaattee
Off [1,1,1,2,2,2]
On [1,2,1,2,1,2]*
Print multiple copies in sequence.
““CCooppyy ffrroomm”” SSiizzee
[List of paper sizes]
Set the paper size of the original document.
Letter is the U.S. factory default setting. A4 is the
international factory default setting.
““CCooppyy ttoo”” SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
MP Feeder
Auto Size Match
Specify the paper source for the copy job.
DDaarrkknneessss Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
162 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
1 to 9 (5*)
NNuummbbeerr ooff CCooppiieess
1–9999 (1*)
Specify the number of copies.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoonnttrraasstt
Best for Content*
0–5
Specify the contrast of the output.
BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall
Level
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned
image.
SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee
On
Off*
Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt
On*
Off
Save custom copy settings as shortcuts.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 163
Use printer menus
Fax
FAX DEFAULTS
Fax Mode
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFaaxx MMooddee
Fax*
Disabled
Select a fax mode.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Fax Setup
General Fax settings
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFaaxx NNaammee Identify your fax machine.
FFaaxx NNuummbbeerr Identify your fax number.
FFaaxx IIDD
Fax Name
Fax Number*
Notify the fax recipients of your fax name or fax
number.
EEnnaabbllee MMaannuuaall FFaaxx
On
Off*
Set the printer to fax manually.
Use a regular telephone line to answer an incoming fax
job and to dial a fax number.
MMeemmoorryy UUssee
All receive
Mostly receive
Equal*
Mostly send
All send
Set the amount of internal printer memory allocated
for faxing.
This menu item prevents memory buffer conditions
and failed faxes.
CCaanncceell FFaaxxeess
Allow*
Don't Allow
Cancel outgoing faxes before they are transmitted, or
cancel incoming faxes before they finish printing.
164 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFaaxx NNuummbbeerr MMaasskkiinngg
Off*
From Left
From Right
Specify the format for masking an outgoing fax
number.
DDiiggiittss ttoo MMaasskk
0–58 (0*)
Specify the number of digits to mask in an outgoing
fax number.
EEnnaabbllee LLiinnee CCoonnnneecctteedd DDeetteeccttiioonn
On*
Off
Determine whether a telephone line is connected to
the printer.
Detection takes place when turning on the printer and
before each call.
EEnnaabbllee LLiinnee IInn WWrroonngg JJaacckk DDeetteeccttiioonn
On*
Off
Determine whether a telephone line is connected to
the correct port on the printer.
Detection takes place when turning on the printer and
before each call.
EEnnaabbllee EExxtteennssiioonn IInn UUssee SSuuppppoorrtt
On*
Off
Determine whether a telephone line is used by another
device such as another phone on the same line.
This menu item is monitored continuously after turning
on the printer.
OOppttiimmiizzee FFaaxx CCoommppaattiibbiilliittyy Configure the printer fax functionality for optimal
compatibility with other fax machines.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Fax Send Settings
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
RReessoolluuttiioonn
Standard*
Fine
Super Fine
Ultra Fine
Set the resolution of the scanned image.
A higher resolution increases fax transmission time and
requires higher memory.
OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee
[List of paper sizes] (Mixed Sizes*)
Specify the size of the original document.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Specify the orientation of the original document.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 165
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Landscape
SSiiddeess
Off*
Short Edge
Long Edge
Specify the page orientation of text and graphics when
scanning a two-sided document.
CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee
Text*
Text/Photo
Photo
Graphics
Improve the output result based on the content of the
original document.
DDaarrkknneessss
1–9 (5*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
BBeehhiinndd aa PPAABBXX
On
Off*
Set the printer to dial a fax number without waiting to
recognize the dial tone.
Private Automated Branch Exchange (PABX) is a
telephone network that allows a single access number
to offer multiple lines to outside callers.
DDiiaall MMooddee
Tone*
Pulse
Specify the dial mode for incoming or outgoing faxes.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
166 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee
Cyan - Red
-4 to 4 (0*)
Magenta - Green
-4 to 4 (0*)
Yellow - Blue
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of toner used for each color.
CCoonnttrraasstt
Best for Content*
0–5
Set the contrast of the output.
BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall
Level
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned
image.
SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee
On
Off*
Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAuuttoommaattiicc RReeddiiaall
0–9 (5*)
Adjust the number of redial attempts based on the
activity levels of recipient fax machines.
RReeddiiaall FFrreeqquueennccyy
1–200 minutes (3*)
Increase the time between redial attempts to increase
the chance of sending fax successfully.
EEnnaabbllee EECCMM
On*
Off
Activate Error Correction Mode (ECM) for fax jobs.
ECM detects and corrects errors in the fax transmission
process that are caused by telephone line noise and
poor signal strength.
EEnnaabbllee FFaaxx SSccaannss
On*
Fax documents that are scanned at the printer.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 167
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Off
DDrriivveerr ttoo FFaaxx
On*
Off
Allow the print driver to send fax.
AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt
On*
Off
Save fax numbers as shortcuts on the printer.
MMaaxx SSppeeeedd
33600*
14400
9600
4800
2400
Set the maximum speed for sending fax.
EEnnaabbllee CCoolloorr FFaaxx SSccaannss
Off by Default*
On by Default
Never Use
Always Use
Enable color scans for fax.
AAuuttoo CCoonnvveerrtt CCoolloorr FFaaxxeess ttoo MMoonnoo FFaaxxeess
On*
Off
Convert all outgoing color faxes to black and white.
CCoonnffiirrmm FFaaxx NNuummbbeerr
Off*
On
Ask the user to confirm the fax number.
DDiiaall PPrreeffiixx Set a dialing prefix.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
168 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
Fax Receive Settings
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
RRiinnggss ttoo AAnnsswweerr
1–25 (3*)
Set the number of rings for incoming fax.
AAuuttoo RReedduuccttiioonn
On*
Off
Scale incoming fax to fit on the page.
PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee
Tray [X]
MP Feeder
Auto*
Set the paper source for printing incoming fax.
SSiiddeess
On
Off*
Print on both sides of the paper.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss
None*
Before Job
After Job
Specify whether to insert blank separator sheets when
printing.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee
Tray [X] (1*)
MP Feeder
Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.
FFaaxx FFooootteerr
On
Off*
Print the transmission information at the bottom of
each page from a received fax.
FFaaxx FFooootteerr TTiimmee SSttaammpp
Receive*
Print
Print the time stamp at the bottom of each page from
a received fax.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 169
Use printer menus
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee
On*
Off
Set the printer to receive fax.
EEnnaabbllee CCoolloorr FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee
On*
Off
Set the printer to receive fax in color.
EEnnaabbllee CCaalllleerr IIDD
On
Off*
Show the number that is sending the incoming fax.
BBlloocckk NNoo NNaammee FFaaxx
On
Off*
Block incoming faxes sent from devices with no station
ID or fax ID specified.
AAnnsswweerr OOnn
All Rings*
Single Ring Only
Double Ring Only
Triple Ring Only
Single or Double Rings Only
Single or Triple Rings Only
Double or Triple Rings Only
Set a distinctive ring pattern for incoming fax.
AAuuttoo AAnnsswweerr
On*
Off
Set the printer to receive fax automatically.
MMaannuuaall AAnnsswweerr CCooddee
0–9 (9*)
Manually enter a code on the telephone number pad
to begin receiving fax.
• This menu item appears only when the printer
shares a line with a telephone.
• This menu item appears only when you set the
printer to receive fax manually.
FFaaxx FFoorrwwaarrddiinngg
Print*
Print and Forward
Specify whether to forward received fax.
170 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Forward
FFoorrwwaarrdd TToo
Destination 1
Destination 2
Specify where to forward received fax.
This menu item appears only when Fax Forwarding is
set to Print and Forward or Forward.
MMaaxx SSppeeeedd
33600*
14400
9600
4800
2400
Set the maximum speed for transmitting fax.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Fax Log settings
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn LLoogg FFrreeqquueennccyy
Always*
Never
Only for Error
Specify how often the printer creates a transmission
log.
TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn LLoogg AAccttiioonn
Print
On*
Off
E-mail
On
Off*
Print or e-mail a log for successful fax transmission or
transmission error.
RReecceeiivvee EErrrroorr LLoogg
Print Never*
Print on Error
Print a log for fax-receive failures.
AAuuttoo PPrriinntt LLooggss
On*
Off
Print all fax activity.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 171
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
LLoogg PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
MP Feeder
Specify the paper source for printing logs.
LLooggss DDiissppllaayy
Remote Fax Name*
Dialed Number
Identify the sender by remote fax name or fax number.
EEnnaabbllee JJoobb LLoogg
On*
Off
View a summary of all fax jobs.
EEnnaabbllee CCaallll LLoogg
On*
Off
View a summary of fax dialing history.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Speaker settings
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSppeeaakkeerr MMooddee
Always Off*
Always On
On until Connected
Set the fax speaker mode.
SSppeeaakkeerr VVoolluummee
Low*
High
Adjust the fax speaker volume.
RRiinnggeerr VVoolluummee
Off*
On
Enable the ringer volume.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
172 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
E-mail
E-MAIL SETUP
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriimmaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy Type the IP address or host name of the primary SMTP
server for sending e-mail.
PPrriimmaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy PPoorrtt
1–65535 (25*)
Enter the port number of the primary SMTP server.
SSeeccoonnddaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy Type the server IP address or host name of your
secondary or backup SMTP server.
SSeeccoonnddaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy PPoorrtt
1–65535 (25*)
Enter the server port number of your secondary or
backup SMTP server.
SSMMTTPP TTiimmeeoouutt
5–30 seconds (30*)
Set the time before the printer times out if the SMTP
server does not respond.
RReeppllyy AAddddrreessss Specify a reply address in the e-mail.
AAllwwaayyss uussee SSMMTTPP ddeeffaauulltt RReeppllyy AAddddrreessss
On
Off*
Always use the default reply address in the SMTP
server.
UUssee SSSSLL//TTLLSS
Disabled*
Negotiate
Required
Specify whether to send e-mail using an encrypted link.
RReeqquuiirree TTrruusstteedd CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee
Off
On*
Require a trusted certificate when accessing the SMTP
server.
SSMMTTPP SSeerrvveerr AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn
No authentication required*
Login / Plain
NTLM
CRAM-MD5
Digest-MD5
Set the authentication type for the SMTP server.
DDeevviiccee--IInniittiiaatteedd EE--mmaaiill Specify whether credentials are required for device-
initiated e-mail.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 173
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
None*
Use Device SMTP Credentials
DDeevviiccee UUsseerriidd Specify the user ID and password to connect to the
SMTP server.
DDeevviiccee PPaasssswwoorrdd
NNTTLLMM DDoommaaiinn Specify the domain name for the NTLM security
protocol.
DDiissaabbllee ""SSMMTTPP sseerrvveerr nnoott sseett uupp"" eerrrroorr
Off*
On
Note: Hide the SMTP server not set up error
message.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
E-MAIL DEFAULTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSuubbjjeecctt Specify the e-mail subject and message.
MMeessssaaggee
FFiillee NNaammee Specify the filename for the scanned document.
FFoorrmmaatt
PDF (.pdf)*
TIFF (.tif)
JPEG (.jpg)
Specify the file format of the scanned document.
PPDDFF SSeettttiinnggss
PDF Version (1.5*)
Archival Version (A-1a*)
Secure (Off*)
Archival (PDF/A) (Off*)
Configure the PDF settings of the scanned document.
Archival Version and Archival (PDF/A) are supported
only when PDF Version is set to 1.4.
CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee
Text
Text/Photo*
Photo
Graphics
Improve the output result based on the content type
of the original document.
174 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoolloorr
Black and White
Gray
Color*
Set the printer to capture file content in color or in
mono.
RReessoolluuttiioonn
75 dpi
150 dpi*
200 dpi
300 dpi
400 dpi
600 dpi
Set the resolution of the scanned image.
DDaarrkknneessss
1–9 (5*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Landscape
Specify the orientation of the original document.
OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee
Mixed Sizes*
Set the paper size of the original document.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee
Cyan - Red (0*)
Magenta - Green (0*)
Yellow - Blue (0*)
Adjust the color intensity for cyan, magenta, and
yellow.
CCoonnttrraasstt
Best for content*
0–5
Specify the contrast for the scanned image.
BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall Remove the background color or image noise from the
original document.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 175
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Level (0*)
SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee
On
Off*
Scan the original document from edge to edge.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
MMaaxx EE--mmaaiill SSiizzee
0–65535 (0*)
Set the allowable file size for each e-mail.
SSiizzee EErrrroorr MMeessssaaggee Specify an error message that the printer sends when
an e-mail exceeds its allowable file size.
You can type up to 1024 characters.
SSeenndd MMee aa CCooppyy
Never appears*
On by Default
Off by Default
Always On
Send a copy of the e-mail to yourself.
TTeexxtt DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the text quality in the content being scanned.
TTeexxtt//PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the text and photo quality in the content being
scanned.
PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (50*)
Set the photo quality of the content being scanned.
TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn LLoogg
Print log*
Do Not Print Log
Print Only For Error
Print a transmission log for e-mail scans.
LLoogg PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
Specify the paper source for printing e-mail logs.
176 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
MP Feeder
AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt
On*
Off
Save an e-mail address as a shortcut.
RReesseett EE--mmaaiill IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn AAfftteerr SSeennddiinngg
On*
Off
Reset the To, Subject, Message, and Filename fields to
their default values after sending an e-mail.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 177
Use printer menus
FTP
FTP DEFAULTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFoorrmmaatt
PDF (.pdf)*
TIFF (.tif)
JPEG (.jpg)
Specify the file format for the scanned image.
PPDDFF SSeettttiinnggss
PDF Version (1.5*)
Archival Version (A-1a*)
Secure (Off*)
Archival (PDF/A) (Off*)
Configure the PDF settings for the scanned image.
Archival Version and Archival (PDF/A) are supported
only when PDF Version is set to 1.4.
CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee
Text
Text/Photo*
Graphics
Photo
Improve the output result based on the content type
of the original document.
CCoolloorr
Black and White
Gray
Color*
Set the printer to capture file content in color or in
mono.
RReessoolluuttiioonn
75 dpi
150 dpi*
200 dpi
300 dpi
400 dpi
600 dpi
Set the resolution of the scanned image.
DDaarrkknneessss
1–9 (5*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn Specify the orientation of the original document.
178 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Portrait*
Landscape
OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee
Mixed Sizes*
Set the paper size of the original document.
FFiillee NNaammee Specify the file name of the scanned image.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee
Cyan - Red (0*)
Magenta - Green (0*)
Yellow - Blue (0*)
Adjust the color intensity for cyan, magenta, and
yellow.
CCoonnttrraasstt
Best for content*
0–5
Specify the contrast for the scanned image.
BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall
Level (0*)
Remove the background color or image noise from the
original document.
SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee
On
Off*
Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TTeexxtt DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of text on the scanned image.
TTeexxtt//PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of text and photo on the scanned
image.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 179
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (50*)
Set the quality of photo on the scanned image.
TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn LLoogg
Print Log*
Do Not Print Log
Print Only For Error
Print a transmission log for FTP scans.
LLoogg PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
MP Feeder
Specify the paper source for printing FTP logs.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
180 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
USB Drive
FLASH DRIVE SCAN
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFoorrmmaatt
JPEG (.jpg)
PDF (.pdf)*
TIFF (.tif)
Specify the file format for the scanned image.
PPDDFF SSeettttiinnggss
PDF Version (1.5*)
Archival Version (A-1a*)
Secure (Off*)
Archival (PDF/A) (Off*)
Configure the PDF settings of the scanned image.
Archival Version and Archival (PDF/A) are supported
only when PDF Version is set to 1.4.
CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee
Text
Text/Photo*
Graphics
Photo
Improve the output result based on the content type
of the original document.
CCoolloorr
Black and White
Gray
Color*
Set the printer to capture file content in color or in
mono.
RReessoolluuttiioonn
75 dpi
150 dpi*
200 dpi
300 dpi
400 dpi
600 dpi
Set the resolution of the scanned image.
DDaarrkknneessss
1–9 (5*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn Specify the orientation of the original document.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 181
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Portrait*
Landscape
OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee
Mixed Sizes*
Set the paper size of the original document.
FFiillee NNaammee Specify the file name of the scanned image.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee
Cyan - Red (0*)
Magenta - Green (0*)
Yellow - Blue (0*)
Adjust the color intensity for cyan, magenta, and
yellow.
CCoonnttrraasstt
Best for content*
0–5
Specify the contrast for the scanned image.
BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall
Level (0*)
Remove the background color or image noise from the
original document.
SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee
Off*
On
Scan the original document from edge to edge.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TTeexxtt DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of text on the scanned image.
TTeexxtt//PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of text and photo on the scanned
image.
182 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (50*)
Set the quality of a photo on the scanned image.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
FLASH DRIVE PRINT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
NNuummbbeerr ooff CCooppiieess
1–9999 (1*)
Set the number of copies.
PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
MP Feeder
Manual Paper
Manual Envelope
Set the paper source for the print job.
CCoollllaattee
1,1,1 - 2,2,2
1,2,3 - 1,2,3
Keep the pages of a print job stacked in sequence,
particularly when printing multiple copies of the job.
SSiiddeess
1-Sided*
2-Sided
Specify whether to print on one side or both sides of
the paper.
FFlliipp SSttyyllee
Long Edge*
Short Edge
Determine which side of the paper is bound when
performing two-sided printing.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee
Off*
2 pages per side
3 pages per side
4 pages per side
6 pages per side
9 pages per side
12 pages per side
Print multiple page images on one side of a sheet of
paper.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 183
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
16 pages per side
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrrddeerriinngg
Horizontal*
Reverse Horizontal
Reverse Vertical
Vertical
Specify the positioning of multiple page images when
using Pages per Side menu.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Auto*
Landscape
Portrait
Specify the orientation of multiple page images when
using Pages per Side menu.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee BBoorrddeerr
None*
Solid
Print a border around each page image when using
Pages per Side menu.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss
Off*
Between Copies
Between Jobs
Between Pages
Insert blank separator sheets when printing.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
MP Feeder
Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.
BBllaannkk PPaaggeess
Do Not Print*
Print
Print blank pages in a print job.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
184 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
Network/Ports
NETWORK OVERVIEW
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr
Auto*
Standard Network
Wireless
Specify the type of the network connection.
NNeettwwoorrkk SSttaattuuss Show the connectivity status of the printer network.
DDiissppllaayy NNeettwwoorrkk SSttaattuuss oonn PPrriinntteerr
Off
On*
Show the network status on the display.
SSppeeeedd,, DDuupplleexx Show the speed of the currently active network card.
IIPPvv44 Show the IPv4 address.
AAllll IIPPvv66 AAddddrreesssseess Show all IPv6 addresses.
RReesseett PPrriinntt SSeerrvveerr
Start
Reset all active network connections to the printer.
This setting removes all network configuration settings.
NNeettwwoorrkk JJoobb TTiimmeeoouutt
Off
On* (90 seconds)
Set the time before the printer cancels a network print
job.
BBaannnneerr PPaaggee
Off*
On
Print a banner page.
SSccaann ttoo PPCC PPoorrtt RRaannggee Specify a valid port range for printers that are behind a
port blocking firewall.
EEnnaabbllee NNeettwwoorrkk CCoonnnneeccttiioonnss
Enable*
Disable
Enable or disable all network connections.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 185
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee LLLLDDPP
Off*
On
Enable Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) in the
printer.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
WIRELESS
Note: This menu is available only in printers connected to a Wi-Fi network or printers that have a wireless
network adapter.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSeettuupp OOnn PPrriinntteerr PPaanneell
• Choose Network
• Add Wi-Fi Network
– Network Name
– Network Mode
– Infrastructure
– Wireless Security Mode
– Disabled
– WPA2/WPA - Personal
– WPA2 - Personal
– WPA2/WPA3 - Personal
– WPA3 - Personal
– 802.1x - RADIUS
Determine the wireless network that the printer
connects to.
Select CChhoooossee NNeettwwoorrkk to pick from a list of
discovered wireless networks.
Select AAdddd WWii--FFii NNeettwwoorrkk to manually add a non-
advertised network.
When set to 802.1x-RADIUS, make sure to configure
the 802.1x authentication settings to avoid network
disconnection.
Note: This menu item appears as Wireless
Connection Setup in the Embedded Web Server.
WWii--FFii PPrrootteecctteedd SSeettuupp
• Start Push Button Method
• Start PIN Method
An alternate method to join a wireless network is
through Wi-Fi Protected Setup.
• Start Push Button Method connects the printer to a
wireless network when buttons on both the printer
and the access point (wireless router) are pressed
within a given time.
• Start PIN Method connects the printer to a wireless
network when a PIN on the printer is entered into
the wireless settings of the access point.
CCoommppaattiibbiilliittyy
802.11b/g/n (2.4GHz)*
Specify the wireless standard for the wireless network.
WWiirreelleessss SSeeccuurriittyy MMooddee Set the type of security for connecting the printer to
186 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Disabled*
• WPA2/WPA-Personal
– WPA2/WPA-PSK Encryption Mode
– AES
– Set Pre-Shared Key
• WPA2-Personal
– WPA2-PSK Encryption Mode
– AES
– Set Pre-Shared Key
• WPA2/WPA3 - Personal
– WPA2/WPA3 - PSK Encryption Mode
– Set Pre-Shared Key
• WPA3 - Personal
– WPA3 - PSK Encryption Mode
– Set Pre-Shared Key
• 802.1x - RADIUS
– 802.1x Encryption Mode
– WPA +
– WPA2*
– WPA2 + PMF
wireless devices.
Enable wireless security through Wi-Fi Protected Access
(WPA) or through 802.1x standard.
When set to WPA security mode, for the Pre-Shared
Key, enter the password for the secure wireless
connection.
When set to 802.1x-RADIUS, make sure to configure
the 802.1x authentication settings to avoid network
disconnection.
PMF is Protected Management Frames.
IIPPvv44
• Enable DHCP
– On*
– Off
• Set Static IP Address
– IP Address
– Netmask
– Gateway
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
and configure static IP address.
DHCP is a standard protocol that allows a server to
distribute IP addressing and configuration information
dynamically to clients.
IIPPvv66
• Enable IPv6
– On*
– Off
• Enable DHCPv6
Enable and configure IPv6 settings in the printer.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 187
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
– On
– Off*
• Stateless Address Auto configuration
– On*
– Off
• DNS Server Address
• Manually Assigned IPv6 Address
• Manually Assigned IPv6 Router
• Address Prefix
0–128 (64*)
• All IPv6 Addresses
• All IPv6 Router Addresses
NNeettwwoorrkk AAddddrreessss
• UAA
• LAA
View the network addresses.
PPCCLL SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
• On*
• Off
Set the printer to switch automatically to PCL
emulation when a print job requires it, regardless of
the default printer language.
If PCL SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
PPSS SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
• On*
• Off
Set the printer to switch automatically to PS emulation
when a print job requires it, regardless of the default
printer language.
If PS SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
MMaacc BBiinnaarryy PPSS
• Auto*
• On
• Off
Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript
print jobs.
• On processes raw binary PostScript print jobs.
• Off filters print jobs using the standard protocol.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
188 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
WI-FI DIRECT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt
On
Off*
Set the printer to connect directly to Wi-Fi devices.
WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt NNaammee Specify the name of the Wi-Fi Direct network.
WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt PPaasssswwoorrdd Set the password to authenticate and validate users on
a Wi-Fi connection.
SShhooww PPaasssswwoorrdd oonn SSeettuupp PPaaggee
Off
On*
Show the Wi-Fi Direct Password on the Network Setup
Page.
PPrreeffeerrrreedd CChhaannnneell NNuummbbeerr
1–11
Auto*
Set the preferred channel of the Wi-Fi network.
GGrroouupp OOwwnneerr IIPP AAddddrreessss Specify the IP address of the group owner.
AAuuttoo--AAcccceepptt PPuusshh BBuuttttoonn RReeqquueessttss
Off*
On
Accept requests to connect to the network
automatically.
Accepting clients automatically is not secured.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AIRPRINT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAiirrPPrriinntt
• Enabled
• Disabled
BBoonnjjoouurr NNaammee The name used to identify the printer on Airprint.
OOrrggaanniizzaattiioonn NNaammee
OOrrggaanniizzaattiioonnaall UUnniitt
PPrriinntteerr LLooccaattiioonn
PPrriinntteerr’’ss LLaattiittuuddee GPS latitude of the printer. The range is –90 to 90.
PPrriinntteerr’’ss LLoonnggiittuuddee GPS longitude of the printer. The range is –180 to 180.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 189
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntteerr’’ss AAllttiittuuddee GPS altitude of the printer. The range is –100000 to
100000.
MMoorree OOppttiioonnss From the Embedded Web Server, navigate to SSeettttiinnggss
>> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> AAiirrPPrriinntt >> MMoorree OOppttiioonnss for the
following options.
SSuupppplliieess
Black Cartridge
Imaging Unit
This menu lists the supplies status/notifications.
PPrriinntteerr
Device Type
Device Speed
Firmware Level
MP Feeder
Tray 1
Standard Bin
This menu lists the printer specifications and input/
output tray status/notifications.
LLooggiinn MMeetthhooddss For more information, refer to Login Methods.
CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee MMaannaaggeemmeenntt For more information, refer to Certificate Management
CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall PPrriinntt SSeettuupp For more information, refer to Confidential Print Setup
MOBILE SERVICES MANAGEMENT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee IIPPPP PPrriinntt
• On*
• Off
Enable IPP Print setting in the Printer.
EEnnaabbllee IIPPPP FFaaxx
• On*
• Off
Enable IPP Fax setting in the Printer.
EEnnaabbllee IIPPPP OOvveerr UUSSBB
• On*
• Off
Enable IPP Over USB setting in the Printer.
Note: After changing this setting, user needs to
restart the Printer.
EEnnaabbllee SSccaann
• On*
• Off
Enable Mobile Scan setting in the Printer.
190 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee MMoopprriiaa PPrriinntt DDiissccoovveerryy
• On*
• Off
Enable Mopria Print Discovery setting in the Printer.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
ETHERNET
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
NNeettwwoorrkk SSppeeeedd Show the speed of an active network adapter.
IIPPvv44
Enable DHCP
On*
Off
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
DHCP is a standard protocol that allows a server to
distribute IP addressing and configuration information
to clients in a dynamic manner.
IIPPvv44
Set Static IP Address
IP Address
Netmask
Gateway
Set the static IP address of your printer.
IIPPvv66
Enable IPv6
On*
Off
Enable IPv6 in the printer.
IIPPvv66
Enable DHCPv6
Off*
On
Enable DHCPv6 in the printer.
IIPPvv66
Stateless Address Autoconfiguration
On*
Off
Set the network adapter to accept the automatic IPv6
address configuration entries provided by a router.
IIPPvv66
DNS Address
Specify the DNS server address.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 191
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
IIPPvv66
Address Prefix
0–128 (64*)
Specify the address prefix.
IIPPvv66
All IPv6 Addresses
Show all IPv6 addresses.
IIPPvv66
All IPv6 Router Addresses
Show all IPv6 router addresses.
NNeettwwoorrkk AAddddrreessss
UAA
LAA
Show the printer Media Access Control (MAC)
addresses: Locally Administered Address (LAA) and
Universally Administered Address (UAA).
You can change the printer LAA manually.
PPCCLL SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
On*
Off
Set the printer to switch automatically to PCL
emulation when a print job requires it, regardless of
the default printer language.
If PCL SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
PPSS SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
On*
Off
Set the printer to switch automatically to PS emulation
when a print job requires it, regardless of the default
printer language.
If PS SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
MMaacc BBiinnaarryy PPSS
Auto*
On
Off
Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript
print jobs.
• On processes raw binary PostScript print jobs.
• Off filters print jobs using the standard protocol.
EEnneerrggyy EEffffiicciieenntt EEtthheerrnneett
Auto*
On
Off
Reduce power consumption when the printer does not
receive data from the Ethernet network.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
192 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
TCP/IP
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers attached to print servers.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSeett HHoossttnnaammee Set the current TCP/IP host name.
DDoommaaiinn NNaammee Set the domain name.
AAllllooww DDHHCCPP//BBOOOOTTPP ttoo uuppddaattee NNTTPP sseerrvveerr
On*
Off
Allow the DHCP and BOOTP clients to update the NTP
settings of the printer.
ZZeerroo CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn NNaammee Specify a service name for the zero configuration
network.
EEnnaabbllee AAuuttoo IIPP
On*
Off
Assign an IP address automatically.
DDNNSS AAddddrreessss Specify the current Domain Name System (DNS) server
address.
BBaacckkuupp DDNNSS Specify the backup DNS server addresses.
BBaacckkuupp DDNNSS 22
BBaacckkuupp DDNNSS 33
DDoommaaiinn SSeeaarrcchh OOrrddeerr Specify a list of domain names to locate the printer
and its resources that reside in different domains on
the network.
EEnnaabbllee DDDDNNSS
Off*
On
Update the Dynamic DNS settings.
DDDDNNSS TTTTLL Specify the current DDNS settings.
DDeeffaauulltt TTTTLL
DDDDNNSS RReeffrreesshh TTiimmee
EEnnaabbllee mmDDNNSS
On*
Off
Update multicast DNS settings.
WWIINNSS AAddddrreessss Specify a server address for Windows Internet Name
Service (WINS).
EEnnaabbllee BBOOOOTTPP
Off*
Allow the BOOTP to assign a printer IP address.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 193
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
On
RReessttrriicctteedd SSeerrvveerr LLiisstt Specify an IP address for the TCP connections.
• This menu item appears only in the Embedded
Web Server.
• Use a comma to separate each IP address.
• You can add up to 50 IP addresses.
RReessttrriicctteedd SSeerrvveerr LLiisstt OOppttiioonnss
Block All Ports*
Block Printing Only
Block Printing and HTTP Only
Specify how the IP addresses in the list can access the
printer functionality.
This menu item appears only in the Embedded Web
Server.
MMTTUU Specify a maximum transmission unit (MTU)
parameter for the TCP connections.
RRaaww PPrriinntt PPoorrtt
1–65535 (9100*)
Specify a raw port number for printers connected on a
network.
OOuuttbboouunndd TTrraaffffiicc MMaaxxiimmuumm SSppeeeedd
Disabled*
Enabled
Enable the printer maximum transfer rate.
KKiilloobbiittss//sseeccoonndd If you select OOnn for OOuuttbboouunndd TTrraaffffiicc MMaaxxiimmuumm
SSppeeeedd, the Kilobits/second field appears. Select a
Range between 100–1000000.
TTLLSS SSuuppppoorrtt From the Embedded Web Server, go to SSeettttiinnggss >>
NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> TTCCPP//IIPP.
Enhance printer privacy and data integrity.
Note: The TLS settings pertain to the
Embedded Web Server only. They do not
pertain to clients using TLS. For more
information, refer to the Embedded Web Server
Administrator Guide.
Note: TLSv1.3 is supported by default, and
cannot be disabled. Deselecting the other TLS
settings will force the EWS to use TLSv1.3 only.
EEnnaabbllee TTLLSSvv11..00
On
Off*
Set the Enable TLSv1.0 protocol settings.
EEnnaabbllee TTLLSSvv11..11 Set the Enable TLSv1.1 protocol settings.
194 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
On
Off*
EEnnaabbllee TTLLSSvv11..22
• On*
• Off
Set the Enable TLSv1.2 protocol settings.
SSSSLL CCiipphheerr LLiisstt Specify the cipher algorithms to use for the SSL or the
TLS connections.
TTLLSSvv11..33 SSSSLL CCiipphheerr LLiisstt TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384:TLS_AES_128_GCM_
SHA256
TCP /IP Port Access
[Port Names x]
• On
• Off
Lists all of the Ports available and their status.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
SNMP
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 195
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSNNMMPP VVeerrssiioonnss 11 aanndd 22cc
Enabled
Off
On*
Allow SNMP Set
Off
On*
Enable PPM MIB
Off
On*
SNMP Community
Configure Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) versions 1 and 2c to install print drivers and
applications.
SSNNMMPP VVeerrssiioonn 33
Enabled
Off
On*
Context Name
Set Read/Write Credentials
User Name
Authentication Password
Privacy Password
Set Read-only Credentials
User Name
Authentication Password
Privacy Password
Authentication Hash
MD5
SHA1*
Minimum Authentication Level
No Authentication, No Privacy
Authentication, No Privacy
Authentication, Privacy*
Configure SNMP version 3 to install and update the
printer security.
196 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Privacy Algorithm
DES
AES-128*
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
IPSEC
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee IIPPSSeecc
Off*
On
Enable Internet Protocol Security (IPSec).
BBaassee CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Default*
Compatibility
Secure
Set the IPSec base configuration.
This menu item appears only when Enable IPSec is set
to On.
DDHH ((DDiiffffiiee--HHeellllmmaann)) GGrroouupp PPrrooppoossaall
modp2048 (14)*
modp3072 (15)
modp4069 (16)
modp6144 (17)
Set the IPSec encryption.
• DH (Diffie-Hellman) Group Proposal appears only
when Base Configuration is set to Compatibility.
• IKE SA Lifetime (Hours) and IPSec SA Lifetime
(Hours) appear only when Base Configuration is set
to Secure.
IIKKEE SSAA LLiiffeettiimmee ((HHoouurrss))
1
2
4
8
24*
IIPPSSeecc SSAA LLiiffeettiimmee ((HHoouurrss))
1
2
4
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 197
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
8*
24
PPrrooppoosseedd EEnnccrryyppttiioonn MMeetthhoodd
3DES
AES*
Specify the encryption and authentication methods to
connect to a network securely.
These menu items appear only when Base
Configuration is set to Compatibility.
PPrrooppoosseedd AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn MMeetthhoodd
SHA1
SHA256*
SHA512
IIPPSSeecc DDeevviiccee CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee Specify an IPSec certificate.
This menu item appears only when Enable IPSec is set
to On.
PPrree--SShhaarreedd KKeeyy AAuutthheennttiiccaatteedd CCoonnnneeccttiioonnss
Host [x]
Address
Key
Configure the authenticated connections of the printer.
These menu items appear only when Enable IPSec is
set to On.
CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee AAuutthheennttiiccaatteedd CCoonnnneeccttiioonnss
Host [x] Address[/subnet]
Address[/subnet]
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
802.1X
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAccttiivvee
Off*
On
Let the printer join networks that require
authentication before allowing access.
880022..11xx AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn
• Device Login Name
• Device Login Password
• Validate Server Certificate
The Device Login Name is used to log-in to the
authentication server.
The Device Login Password must be at least 8
characters long.
198 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Enable Event Logging
• 802.1x Device Certificate Server Certificate validation is a security feature
integral to TLS, PEAP, and TTLS.
To reduce FLASH part wear, turn on Enable Event
Logging only when necessary.
AAlllloowwaabbllee AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn MMeecchhaanniissmmss
•EEAAPP--MMDD55
– On
– Off
•EEAAPP--MMSSCCHHAAPPvv22
– On
– Off
•LLEEAAPP
– On
– Off
•PPEEAAPP
– On
– Off
•EEAAPP--TTLLSS
– On
– Off
•EEAAPP--TTTTLLSS
– On
– Off
•TTTTLLSS AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn MMeetthhoodd
– CHAP
– MSCHAP
– MSCHAPv2
– PAP
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
LPD CONFIGURATION
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 199
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
LLPPDD TTiimmeeoouutt
0–65535 seconds (90*)
Set the time-out value to stop the Line Printer Daemon
(LPD) server from waiting indefinitely for hung or
invalid print jobs.
LLPPDD BBaannnneerr PPaaggee
Off*
On
Print a banner page for all LPD print jobs.
A banner page is the first page of a print job used as a
separator of print jobs and to identify the originator of
the print job request.
LLPPDD TTrraaiilleerr PPaaggee
Off*
On
Print a trailer page for all LPD print jobs.
A trailer page is the last page of a print job.
LLPPDD CCaarrrriiaaggee RReettuurrnn CCoonnvveerrssiioonn
Off*
On
Enable carriage return conversion.
Carriage return is a mechanism that commands the
printer to move the position of the cursor to the first
position on the same line.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
HTTP/FTP SETTINGS
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee HHTTTTPP SSeerrvveerr
Off
On*
Access the Embedded Web Server to monitor and
manage the printer.
EEnnaabbllee HHTTTTPPSS
Off
On*
Configure the Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure
(HTTPS) settings.
FFoorrccee HHTTTTPPSS CCoonnnneeccttiioonnss
Off*
On
Force the printer to use the HTTPS connections.
EEnnaabbllee FFTTPP//TTFFTTPP
Off
On*
Send files using FTP.
HHTTTTPP PPrrooxxyy IIPP AAddddrreessss Configure the HTTP and FTP server settings.
200 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
This feature is available only in some printer models.
FFTTPP PPrrooxxyy IIPP AAddddrreessss
HHTTTTPP DDeeffaauulltt IIPP PPoorrtt
1–65535 (80*)
HHTTTTPPSS DDeevviiccee CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee
FFTTPP DDeeffaauulltt IIPP PPoorrtt
1–65535 (21*)
TTiimmeeoouutt ffoorr HHTTTTPP//FFTTPP RReeqquueessttss
1–299 (30*)
Specify the amount of time before the server
connection stops.
RReettrriieess ffoorr HHTTTTPP//FFTTPP RReeqquueessttss
1–299 (3*)
Set the number of retries to connect to the HTTP/FTP
server.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
USB
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPCCLL SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
Off
On*
Set the printer to switch to PCL emulation when a print
job received through a USB port requires it, regardless
of the default printer language.
If PCL SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
PPSS SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
Off
On*
Set the printer to switch to PS emulation when a print
job received through a USB port requires it, regardless
of the default printer language.
If PS SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
MMaacc BBiinnaarryy PPSS
On
Auto*
Off
Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript
print jobs.
• When set to On, the printer processes raw binary
PostScript print jobs from computers using the
Macintosh operating system.
• When set to Auto, the printer processes print jobs
from computers using either Windows or Macintosh
operating systems
• When set to Off, the printer filters PostScript print
jobs using the standard protocol.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 201
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee UUSSBB PPoorrtt
Disable
Enable*
Enable the standard USB port.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
RESTRICT EXTERNAL NETWORK ACCESS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
RReessttrriicctt eexxtteerrnnaall nneettwwoorrkk aacccceessss
Off*
On
Restrict access to network sites.
EExxtteerrnnaall nneettwwoorrkk aaddddrreessss Specify the network addresses with restricted access.
EE--mmaaiill aaddddrreessss ffoorr nnoottiiffiiccaattiioonn Specify an e-mail address to send a notification of
logged events.
PPiinngg ffrreeqquueennccyy
1–300 (10*)
Specify the network query interval in seconds.
SSuubbjjeecctt Specify the subject and message of the notification e-
mail.
MMeessssaaggee
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
UNIVERSAL PRINT
Universal Print is a cloud-based print protocol that provides a simple and secure print solution for Microsoft®365
users. Universal Print allows administrators to manage printers without the need for on-premises print servers.
Universal Print enables users to access cloud printers without the need for print drivers.
You can use the Universal Print page to register your Xerox®device for Universal Print.
PPrreerreeqquuiissiitteess
• Microsoft Azure AD Account
• Windows 10 Client version 1903 or higher
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSttaattuuss Device is not currently registered with Universal Print.
RReeggiissttrraattiioonn User can use the Universal print page to register the Xerox®device for Universal
202 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Print.
PPrriinntteerr NNaammee The Default printer name appears. User can also update the Xerox®printer name.
RReeggiisstteerr To register, do the following steps:
1 Go to SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> UUnniivveerrssaall PPrriinntt, then click RReeggiisstteerr. The
Registration process authenticates the device with Microsoft®Azure®Active
Directory.
2 The Register Device window appears. To copy the registration code, click
CCooppyy, then click the link https://microsoft.com/devicelogin.
Note: The registration code expires after 15 minutes. The registration
process needs to be completed before the code expires.
3 A Microsoft-managed webpage opens. Do the following steps:
a Paste the registration code into the code field in the Enter code
window, then click NNeexxtt.
b Select the appropriate Microsoft®account in the Pick an account
window.
Note: For registration, select an available Microsoft®account. The
selected account is used solely to establish a trusted connection for
the device with the Universal Print service. After registration, Universal
Print does not use the account again.
4 A Xerox Universal Print window appears. Click CCoonnttiinnuuee and close the
window.
Note: For more information, refer to the Embedded Web Server Administrator Guide.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSttaattuuss Device is online and registered with Universal Print.
RReeggiissttrraattiioonn User can use the Universal print page to deregister the Xerox®device for
Universal Print.
PPrriinntteerr NNaammee Registered printer name appears.
DDeerreeggiisstteerr Use this function to deregister the device from the Universal Print Service.
Additional information for Universal Print
To add a Printer from Windows Server
1. Go to SSeettttiinnggss >> PPrriinntteerr && SSccaannnneerrss, then click AAdddd aa pprriinntteerr oorr ssccaannnneerr.
2. Select the printer from the printer list, then click AAdddd ddeevviiccee. If the printer does not appear in the list, do the
following steps:
a. Go to SSeeaarrcchh ffoorr pprriinntteerrss iinn mmyy oorrggaanniizzaattiioonn.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 203
Use printer menus
b. Type the registered name on the text field, and click SSeeaarrcchh. Once the printer appears on the list, click AAdddd
DDeevviiccee.
Note: Windows 11 supports PIN-protected printing. For example, to protect your print, you can use a 4-digit
PIN between 0 and 9.
204 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
Security
LOGIN METHODS
Public
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
MMaannaaggee PPeerrmmiissssiioonnss
Function Access
Manage Shortcuts
Create Profiles
Flash Drive Print
Flash Drive Scan
Copy Function
E-mail Function
Fax Function
FTP Function
Release Held Faxes
Held Jobs Access
User Profiles
Cancel Jobs at the Device
Change Language
Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)
Initiate Scans Remotely
B/W Print
Network Folder - Scan
Control access to the printer functions.
MMaannaaggee PPeerrmmiissssiioonnss
Administrative Menus
Security Menu
Network/Ports Menu
Paper Menu
Reports Menu
Function Configuration Menus
Control access to the printer menus.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 205
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Supplies Menu
SE Menu
Device Menu
MMaannaaggee PPeerrmmiissssiioonnss
Device Management
Remote Management
Firmware Updates
Embedded Web Server Access
Import / Export All Settings
Out of Service Erase
Control access to the printer management options.
206 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
Local Accounts
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAdddd UUsseerr
User Name/Password
User Name
Password
PIN
Create local accounts to manage access to the printer
functions.
MMaannaaggee GGrroouuppss//PPeerrmmiissssiioonnss
Add Group
Import Access Controls
Function Access
Administrative Menus
Device Management
All Users
Import Access Controls
Function Access
Administrative Menus
Device Management
Admin
Function Access
Administrative Menus
Device Management
Control group or user access to the printer functions,
applications, and security settings.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 207
Use printer menus
Network Accounts
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAdddd LLooggiinn MMeetthhoodd
Active Directory
Status is Joined or Not Joined.
Join an Active Directory Domain:
• Domain
• User Name
• Password
• Organization Unit
Create local accounts to manage access to the printer
functions.
AAdddd LLooggiinn MMeetthhoodd
LDAP — LDAP Setup
Authentication Type
• LDAP
General Information
• Setup Name
• Server Address
• Server Port
• Required User Input
– User Name and Password
Control group or user access to printer functions,
applications, and security settings.
208 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
– User Name
Device Credentials
• Anonymous LDAP Bind
• Device Username
• Device Password
Advanced Options
• Use SSL/TLS
• Require Certificate
• User ID Attribute
• Mail Attribute
• Fax Number Attribute
• Full Name Attribute
• Home Directory Attribute
• Group Membership Attribute
• Search Base
• Search Timeout
• Follow LDAP Referrals
Search Specific Object Classes
• person
• Custom Object Class 1
• Custom Object Class 2
• Custom Object Class 3
Address Book Setup
• Displayed Name
• Max Search Results
• Use user credentials
•SSeeaarrcchh AAttttrriibbuutteess
– cn
– sn
– givenName
– samaccountname
– uid
– [mail attribute]
– [fax attribute]
– Custom Attribute 1
– Custom Attribute 2
– Custom Attribute 3
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 209
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
– Custom Filter
CERTIFICATE MANAGEMENT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM MMEENNUU IITTEEMM
CCoonnffiigguurree CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee DDeeffaauullttss
Common Name
Organization Name
Unit Name
Country/Region
Province Name
City Name
Subject Alternate Name
Set the default values for generated certificates.
Device Certificates Generate, delete, or view device certificates.
Manage CA Certificates Load, delete, or view Certificate Authority (CA)
certificates.
SCHEDULE USB DEVICES
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SScchheedduulleess
Add New Schedule
Schedule access to the front USB port.
LOGIN RESTRICTIONS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
LLooggiinn ffaaiilluurreess
1–10 (3*)
Specify the number of failed login attempts before the
user gets locked out.
FFaaiilluurree ttiimmee ffrraammee
1–60 minutes (5*)
Specify the time frame between failed login attempts
before the user gets locked out.
LLoocckkoouutt ttiimmee
1–60 minutes (5*)
Specify the lockout duration.
210 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
WWeebb LLooggiinn TTiimmeeoouutt
1–120 minutes (10*)
Specify the delay for a remote login before the user is
logged off automatically.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
CONFIDENTIAL PRINT SETUP
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
MMaaxx IInnvvaalliidd PPIINN
2–10 (0*)
Set the number of times an invalid PIN can be entered.
• A value of zero turns off this setting.
• When the limit is reached, the print jobs for that
user name and PIN are deleted.
CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn
Off*
1 Hour
4 Hours
24 Hours
1 Week
Set the expiration time for confidential print jobs.
• If this menu item is changed while confidential
print jobs reside in the printer memory, then the
expiration time for those print jobs does not
change to the new default value.
• If the printer is turned off, then all confidential jobs
held in the printer memory are deleted.
RReeppeeaatt JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn
Off*
1 Hour
4 Hours
24 Hours
1 Week
Set the expiration time for a print job that you want to
repeat.
VVeerriiffyy JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn
Off*
1 Hour
4 Hours
24 Hours
1 Week
Set the expiration time that the printer prints a copy
for the user to examine its quality, before printing the
remaining copies.
RReesseerrvvee JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn
Off*
1 Hour
Set the expiration time that the printer stores print jobs
for printing later.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 211
Use printer menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
4 Hours
24 Hours
1 Week
RReeqquuiirree AAllll JJoobbss ttoo bbee HHeelldd
Off*
On
Set the printer to hold all print jobs.
KKeeeepp dduupplliiccaattee ddooccuummeennttss
Off*
On
Allow the storage of documents with the same file
name.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
ERASE TEMPORARY DATA FILES
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSttoorreedd iinn oonnbbooaarrdd mmeemmoorryy
Off*
On
Delete all files stored on the printer memory.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
SOLUTIONS LDAP SETTINGS
UUSSEE TTOO
FFoollllooww LLDDAAPP RReeffeerrrraallss
Off*
On
Search the different servers in the domain for the
logged-in user account.
LLDDAAPP CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee VVeerriiffiiccaattiioonn
No*
Yes
Enable verification of LDAP certificates.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
212 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
MISCELLANEOUS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt PPeerrmmiissssiioonn
Off*
On
Allow the user to print.
DDeeffaauulltt PPrriinntt PPeerrmmiissssiioonn LLooggiinn Shows the default permission used for the user to print.
This setting shows only when one or more Login
Methods are created.
SSeeccuurriittyy RReesseett JJuummppeerr
Enable “Guest” access*
No Effect
Specify user access to the printer.
• The jumper is located beside a lock icon on the
controller board.
• Enable “Guest” access gives anyone access to all
aspects of the printer.
• No Effect may make access to the printer
impossible when the required security information
is unavailable.
MMiinniimmuumm PPaasssswwoorrdd LLeennggtthh
0–32
Specify the password length.
EEnnaabbllee PPaasssswwoorrdd//PPIINN RReevveeaall Showthe password or personal identification number.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 213
Use printer menus
Reports
MENU SETTINGS PAGE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
MMeennuu SSeettttiinnggss PPaaggee Print a report that contains the printer menus.
DEVICE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
DDeevviiccee IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn Print a report that contains information about the
printer.
DDeevviiccee SSttaattiissttiiccss Print a report about printer usage and supply status.
PPrrooffiilleess LLiisstt Print a list of profiles that are stored in the printer.
AAsssseett RReeppoorrtt Print a report that contains the printer serial number
and model name.
PRINT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt FFoonnttss
PCL Fonts
PostScript Fonts
Print samples and information about the fonts that are
available in each printer language.
PPrriinntt DDeemmoo Print a demo page to determine print problems.
SHORTCUTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAllll SShhoorrttccuuttss Print a report that lists the shortcuts that are stored in
the printer.
FFaaxx SShhoorrttccuuttss
CCooppyy SShhoorrttccuuttss
EE--mmaaiill SShhoorrttccuuttss
FFTTPP SShhoorrttccuuttss
NNeettwwoorrkk FFoollddeerr SShhoorrttccuuttss
214 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
FAX
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFaaxx JJoobb LLoogg Print a report about the last 200 completed fax jobs.
This menu item appears only when Enable Job Log is
set to On.
FFaaxx CCaallll LLoogg Print a report about the last 100 attempted, received,
and blocked calls.
This menu item appears only when Enable Job Log is
set to On.
NETWORK
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp PPaaggee Print a page that shows the configured network and
wireless settings on the printer.
This menu item appears only in network printers or
printers connected to print servers.
WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt CCoonnnneecctteedd CClliieennttss Print a page that shows the list of devices that are
connected to the printer using Wi-Fi Direct.
This menu item appears only when Enable Wi-Fi Direct
is set to On.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 215
Use printer menus
Supplies Plan
PLAN ACTIVATION
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Sequence Number
• Device Serial Number
• Activation Code
It describes the details of the activation process for the
purchased Supplies plan. Contact your Xerox
representative to get a Supplies Activation Code.
Subscription Service plans are not offered in all
geographic locations
For more information about Xerox®supplies and service
plans, contact your Xerox representative.
PLAN CONVERSION
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Current Plan
• Device Serial Number
• Total Impressions
• Conversion Code
It describes the details of the conversion process for
the existing Supplies plan. Contact your Xerox
representative to get a Supplies Conversion Code.
Subscription Service plans are not offered in all
geographic locations
For more information about Xerox®supplies and service
plans, contact your Xerox representative.
SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Status It indicates the subscription status.
• Check Subscription To activate a Subscription Service Plan, do the
following:
1 Go to SSeettttiinnggss >> SSuupppplliieess PPllaann >> SSuubbssccrriippttiioonn
SSeerrvviiccee.
2 For Subscription Service, click CChheecckk SSuubbssccrriippttiioonn,
then follow the directions provided by your Xerox
representative.
216 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use printer menus
Troubleshooting
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess Print sample pages to identify and correct print quality
defects.
CClleeaanniinngg tthhee SSccaannnneerr Print instructions on how to clean the scanner.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 217
Use printer menus
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 219
11
Maintain the printer
This chapter contains:
Checking the status of parts and supplies . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... .. .. . 220
Configuring supply notifications............................................................................................................221
Setting up e-mail alerts.......................................................................................................................222
Viewing reports .................................................................................................................................223
Ordering Parts and Supplies .................................................................................................................224
Replacing parts and supplies................................................................................................................225
Cleaning printer parts.........................................................................................................................230
Saving energy and paper.....................................................................................................................233
Moving the Printer to Another Location..................................................................................................234
Checking the status of parts and supplies
1. From the home screen, touch SSttaattuuss//SSuupppplliieess.
2. Select the parts or supplies that you want to check.
Note: You can also access this setting by touching the top section of the home screen.
220 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the printer
Configuring supply notifications
1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss.
3. From the Supplies menu, click CCuussttoomm SSuuppppllyy NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss.
4. Select a notification for each supply item.
5. Apply the changes.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 221
Maintain the printer
Setting up e-mail alerts
Configure the printer to send e-mail alerts when supplies are low, when paper must be changed or added, or when
there is a paper jam.
1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss >EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrtt SSeettuupp, and then configure the settings.
Note: For more information on SMTP settings, contact your e-mail provider.
3. Click SSeettuupp EE--mmaaiill LLiissttss aanndd AAlleerrttss, and then configure the settings.
4. Apply the changes.
222 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the printer
Ordering Parts and Supplies
To view and order supplies for your printer, go to https://www.xerox.com/supplies, then enter your product in the
search field.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Failure to maintain optimum printer performance, or to replace parts and supplies, may cause
damage to your printer.
USING GENUINE XEROX SUPPLIES
Your Xerox printer is designed to function best with genuine Xerox supplies. Use of third-party supplies can affect
the performance, reliability, or life of the printer and its imaging components. It can also affect warranty coverage.
Damage caused by the use of third-party supplies is not covered by the warranty.
All life indicators are designed to function with Xerox supplies and can deliver unpredictable results if third-party
supplies are used. Imaging component usage beyond the intended life can damage your Xerox printer or
associated components.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Supplies without Return Program agreement terms can be reset and remanufactured. However,
the manufacturer’s warranty does not cover any damage caused by non-genuine supplies. Resetting
counters on the supply without proper remanufacturing can cause damage to your printer. After resetting
the supply counter, your printer may display an error indicating the presence of the reset item.
224 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the printer
Replacing parts and supplies
REPLACING THE TONER CARTRIDGE
1. Open the front door.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed metal frame of the printer
before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
2. Remove the imaging unit.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 225
Maintain the printer
3. Twist the blue latch, and then remove the used toner cartridge from the imaging unit.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes. Extended exposure
to light may cause print quality problems.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Do not touch the photoconductor drum. Doing so may affect the quality of future print jobs.
4. Unpack the new toner cartridge.
5. Shake the toner cartridge to redistribute the toner.
6. Insert the new toner cartridge into the imaging unit until it clicks into place.
226 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the printer
7. Insert the imaging unit.
8. Close the door.
REPLACING THE IMAGING UNIT
1. Open the front door.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed metal frame of the printer
before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
2. Remove the used imaging unit.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 227
Maintain the printer
3. Twist the blue latch, and then remove the toner cartridge from the used imaging unit.
4. Unpack the new imaging unit, and then insert the toner cartridge until it clicks into place.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10 minutes. Extended exposure
to light may cause print quality problems.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Do not touch the photoconductor drum. Doing so may affect the quality of future print jobs.
5. Insert the new imaging unit.
228 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the printer
Cleaning printer parts
CLEANING THE PRINTER
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock when cleaning the exterior of the
printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before
proceeding.
• Perform this task after every few months.
• Damage to the printer caused by improper handling is not covered by the printer warranty.
1. Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
2. Remove paper from the standard bin and multipurpose feeder.
3. Remove any dust, lint, and pieces of paper around the printer using a soft brush or vacuum.
4. Wipe the outside of the printer with a damp, soft, lint-free cloth.
• Do not use household cleaners or detergents, as they may damage the finish of the printer.
• Make sure that all areas of the printer are dry after cleaning.
5. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then turn on the printer.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
CLEANING THE TOUCH SCREEN
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electric shock when cleaning the exterior of the
printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before
proceeding.
1. Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
2. Using a damp, soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the touch screen.
• Do not use household cleaners or detergents, as they may damage the touch screen.
• Make sure that the touch screen is dry after cleaning.
3. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then turn on the printer.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
230 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the printer
Saving energy and paper
CONFIGURING THE POWER SAVE MODE SETTINGS
Sleep mode
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >PPoowweerr MMaannaaggeemmeenntt >TTiimmeeoouuttss >SSlleeeepp MMooddee.
2. Specify the amount of time that the printer stays idle before it enters Sleep Mode.
Hibernate mode
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >PPoowweerr MMaannaaggeemmeenntt >TTiimmeeoouuttss >HHiibbeerrnnaattee TTiimmeeoouutt.
2. Select the amount of time that the printer stays idle before it enters Hibernate mode.
• For Hibernate Timeout to work, set Hibernate Timeout on Connection to Hibernate.
• The Embedded Web Server is disabled when the printer is in Hibernate mode.
ADJUSTING THE BRIGHTNESS OF THE PRINTER DISPLAY
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >PPrreeffeerreenncceess >SSccrreeeenn BBrriigghhttnneessss.
2. Adjust the setting.
CONSERVING SUPPLIES
• Print on both sides of the paper.
Note: Two-sided printing is the default setting in the print driver.
• Print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
• Use the preview feature to see how the document looks like before printing it.
• Print one copy of the document to check its content and format for accuracy.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 233
Maintain the printer
Moving the Printer to Another Location
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: If the printer weight is greater than 20kg (44lb), then it may
require two or more people to lift it safely.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord
provided with this product or the manufacturer's authorized replacement.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: When moving the printer, follow these guidelines to avoid personal
injury or printer damage:
• Make sure that all doors and trays are closed.
• Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
• Disconnect all cords and cables from the printer.
• If the printer has separate floor-standing optional trays or output options attached to it, then disconnect them
before moving the printer.
• If the printer has a caster base, then carefully roll it to the new location. Use caution when passing over
thresholds and breaks in flooring.
• If the printer does not have a caster base but is configured with optional trays or output options, then remove
the output options and lift the printer off the trays. Do not try to lift the printer and any options at the same
time.
• Always use the handholds on the printer to lift it.
• Any cart used to move the printer must have a surface able to support the full footprint of the printer.
• Any cart used to move the hardware options must have a surface able to support the dimensions of the options.
• Keep the printer in an upright position.
• Avoid severe jarring movements.
• Make sure that your fingers are not under the printer when you set it down.
• Make sure that there is adequate clearance around the printer.
Note: Damage to the printer caused by improper moving is not covered by the printer warranty.
234 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the printer
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 235
12
Troubleshoot a problem
This chapter contains:
Print quality problems.........................................................................................................................236
Printing problems...............................................................................................................................238
The printer is not responding ...............................................................................................................272
Unable to read flash drive ...................................................................................................................274
Enabling the USB port ........................................................................................................................275
Network connection problems..............................................................................................................276
Issues with supplies............................................................................................................................279
Clearing jams....................................................................................................................................280
Paper feed problems...........................................................................................................................297
E-mailing problems.............................................................................................................................302
Faxing problems ................................................................................................................................303
Scanning problems.............................................................................................................................308
Contacting customer support...............................................................................................................317
Print quality problems
Find the image that resembles the print quality problem you are having, and then click the link below it to read
problem-solving steps.
Blank or white pages Dark print Fine lines are not printed
correctly
Folded or wrinkled paper
Gray background Horizontal light bands Incorrect margins Light print
Mottled print and dots Paper curl Print crooked or skewed Repeating defects
236 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
Printing problems
PRINT QUALITY IS POOR
Blank or white pages
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the cartridge is not supported,
then install a supported one.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing blank or white
pages?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Remove the imaging unit.
Do not expose the imaging unit
to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to
light may cause print quality
problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging unit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Check the imaging unit for signs
of damage.
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
238 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
Make sure that the
photoconductor drum contact is
not bent or out of place.
3 Firmly shake the imaging unit to
redistribute the toner.
4 Insert the imaging unit.
5 Print the document.
Is the printer printing blank or white
pages?
SStteepp 33
Replace the toner cartridge.
Is the printer printing blank or white
pages?
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 44
Replace the imaging unit.
Is the printer printing blank or white
pages?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Dark print
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 239
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the cartridge is not supported,
then install a supported one.
2 Print the document.
Is the print dark?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Turn off the printer, wait for
about 10 seconds, and then
turn on the printer.
2 Reduce toner darkness.
From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss
3 Print the document.
Is the print dark?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to SSeettttiinnggss
>PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr
SSiizzee//TTyyppee.
2 Print the document.
Is the print dark?
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 44
Check if the paper has texture or
rough finishes.
Are you printing on textured or
rough paper?
Go to step 5. Go to step 6.
240 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 55
1 Replace textured paper with
plain paper.
2 Print the document.
Is the print dark?
Go to step 6. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 66
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Is the print dark?
Go to step 7. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 77
1 Remove, and then insert the
imaging unit.
Do not expose the imaging unit
to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to
light may cause print quality
problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging unit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Is the print dark?
Go to step 8. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 88
1 Replace the imaging unit.
2 Print the document.
Is the print dark?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 241
Troubleshoot a problem
Fine lines are not printed correctly
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the cartridge is not supported,
then install a supported one.
2 Print the document.
Are fine lines not printed correctly?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Increase toner darkness.
From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss
2 Print the document.
Are fine lines not printed correctly?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Folded or wrinkled paper
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
242 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the cartridge is not supported,
then install a supported one.
2 Print the document.
Is the paper folded or wrinkled?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Is the paper folded or wrinkled?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting from the printer
control panel. Navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr
SSiizzee//TTyyppee.
2 Print the document.
Is the paper folded or wrinkled?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 243
Troubleshoot a problem
Gray background
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Turn off the printer, wait for 10
seconds, and then turn on the
printer.
2 Decrease toner darkness.
From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss
3 Print the document.
Does gray background appear on
prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the toner cartridge is not
supported, then install a
supported one.
2 Print the document.
Does gray background appear on
prints?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
244 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
• You can also change the
setting from the printer
control panel. Navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr
SSiizzee//TTyyppee.
2 Print the document.
Does gray background appear on
prints?
SStteepp 44
1 Remove, and then insert the
imaging unit.
Do not expose the imaging unit
to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to
light may cause print quality
problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging unit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Does gray background appear on
prints?
Go to step 5. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 55
1 Update the printer firmware. For
more information, see Updating
Software.
2 Print the document.
Does gray background appear on
prints?
Go to step 6. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 66
1 Replace the imaging unit.
2 Print the document.
Does gray background appear on
prints?
Contact Contacting customer
support.
The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 245
Troubleshoot a problem
Incorrect margins
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Adjust the paper guides to the
correct position for the paper
loaded.
2 Print the document.
Are the margins correct?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Set the paper size.
From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Are the margins correct?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper size
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
2 Print the document.
Are the margins correct?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
246 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
Light print
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the cartridge is not supported,
then install a supported one.
2 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Turn off the printer, wait for
about 10 seconds, and then
turn on the printer.
2 Increase toner darkness.
From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss
3 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to SSeettttiinnggss
>PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 247
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr
SSiizzee//TTyyppee.
2 Print the document.
Is the print light?
SStteepp 44
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the print
resolution from the Printing
Preferences or Print dialog.
2 Set the resolution to 660000 ddppii.
3 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Go to step 5. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 55
1 Remove the imaging unit.
Do not expose the imaging unit
to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to
light can cause print quality
problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging unit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Firmly shake the imaging unit to
redistribute the toner.
3 Insert the imaging unit.
4 Turn off the printer, wait for 10
seconds, and then turn on the
printer.
5 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Go to step 6. The problem is solved.
248 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 66
1 Check the status of the toner
cartridge.
From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >DDeevviiccee
>DDeevviiccee SSttaattiissttiiccss
2 From the Supply Information
section of the pages printed,
check the status of the toner
cartridge.
Is the toner cartridge near end of
life?
Go to step 7. Contact Contacting customer
support.
SStteepp 77
1 Replace the toner cartridge.
2 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Contact Contacting customer
support.
The problem is solved.
Mottled print and dots
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 249
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the cartridge is not supported,
then install a supported one.
2 Print the document.
Is the print mottled?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
Check the printer for leaked toner
contamination.
Is the printer free of leaked toner?
Go to step 3. Contact Customer Support.
SStteepp 33
1 Check the status of the imaging
unit.
From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >DDeevviiccee
>DDeevviiccee SSttaattiissttiiccss
2 From the Supply Information
section of the pages printed,
check the status of the imaging
unit.
Is the imaging unit near end of life?
Go to step 4. Contact Customer Support.
SStteepp 44
1 Replace the imaging unit.
2 Print the document.
Is the print mottled?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Paper curl
250 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Adjust the guides in the tray to
the correct position for the
paper loaded.
2 Print the document.
Is the paper curled?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to: SSeettttiinnggss
>PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr
SSiizzee//TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Is the paper curled?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
Print on the other side of the paper.
1 Remove paper, flip it over, and
then reload paper.
2 Print the document.
Is the paper curled?
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 44
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Is the paper curled?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 251
Troubleshoot a problem
Print crooked or skewed
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Adjust the guides in the tray to
the correct position for the
paper loaded.
2 Print the document.
Is the print crooked or skewed?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Is the print crooked or skewed?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
252 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 33
1 Check if the paper loaded is
supported.
If paper is not supported, then
load a supported paper.
2 Print the document.
Is the print crooked or skewed?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 44
1 For two-sided printing, check if
the paper size setting in the
duplex unit is set correctly.
Letter, legal, Oficio, or folio must
be set to Letter.
2 Print the document.
Is the print crooked or skewed?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Solid black pages
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 253
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the toner cartridge is not
supported, then install a
supported one.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing solid black
pages?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Remove, and then insert the
imaging unit.
Do not expose the imaging unit
to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to
light may cause print quality
problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging unit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing solid black
pages?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
Check the imaging unit for signs of
damage.
Make sure that the photoconductor
drum contact is not bent or out of
place.
Is the imaging unit free from
damage?
Contact Customer Support. Go to step 4.
SStteepp 44
1 Replace the imaging unit.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing solid black
pages?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
254 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
Text or images cut off
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the toner cartridge is not
supported, then install a
supported one.
2 Print the document.
Are text or images cut off?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Remove, and then insert the
imaging unit.
Do not expose the imaging unit
to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to
light may cause print quality
problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging unit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Are text or images cut off?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Replace the imaging unit.
2 Print the document.
Are text or images cut off?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 255
Troubleshoot a problem
Toner easily rubs off
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the toner cartridge is not
supported, then install a
supported one.
2 Print the document.
Does toner easily rub off?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to SSeettttiinnggss
>PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr
SSiizzee//TTyyppee.
2 Print the document.
Does toner easily rub off?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
256 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
Horizontal light bands
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 257
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the cartridge is not supported,
then install a supported one.
2 Print the document.
Do horizontal light bands appear on
prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Remove, and then insert the
imaging unit.
Do not expose the imaging unit
to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to
light may cause print quality
problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging unit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Do horizontal light bands appear on
prints?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Replace the imaging unit.
2 Print the document.
Do horizontal light bands appear on
prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Vertical light bands
258 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the cartridge is not supported,
then install a supported one.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical light bands appear on
prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Check the status of the toner
cartridge.
From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >DDeevviiccee
>DDeevviiccee SSttaattiissttiiccss
2 From the Supply Information
section of the pages printed,
check the status of the toner
cartridge.
Do vertical light bands appear on
prints?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Replace the toner cartridge.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical light bands appear on
prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Vertical white lines
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 259
Troubleshoot a problem
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the cartridge is not supported,
then install a supported one.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical white lines appear on
prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to SSeettttiinnggss
>PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr
SSiizzee//TTyyppee.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical white lines appear on
prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Vertical dark bands
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
260 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the toner cartridge is not
supported, then install a
supported one.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark bands appear on
prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Remove, and then insert the
imaging unit.
Do not expose the imaging unit
to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to
light may cause print quality
problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging unit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark bands appear on
prints?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Check if a bright light enters the
right side of the printer, and
move the printer if necessary.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark bands appear on
prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 261
Troubleshoot a problem
Vertical dark lines or streaks
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
262 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the toner cartridge is not
supported, then install a
supported one.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark lines or streaks
appear on prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Remove, and then reinstall the
imaging unit.
Do not expose the imaging unit
to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to
light can cause print quality
problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging unit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark lines or streaks
appear on prints?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Replace the imaging unit.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark lines or streaks
appear on prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 263
Troubleshoot a problem
Vertical dark streaks with print missing
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Remove, and then insert the
imaging unit.
Do not expose the imaging unit
to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to
light may cause print quality
problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging unit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark streaks with missing
images appear on prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Check if the printer is using a
genuine and supported Xerox
toner cartridge.
If the toner cartridge is not
supported, then install a
supported one.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark streaks with missing
images appear on prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
264 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
Repeating defects
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Using the Print Quality Test Pages,
check if the distance between the
repeating defects is equal to any of
the following:
IImmaaggiinngg uunniitt
• 96mm (3.78in.)
• 37.7mm (1.48in.)
TToonneerr ccaarrttrriiddggee
• 43.5mm (1.71in.)
• 37.5mm (1.48in.)
TTrraannssffeerr rroolllleerr
• 52mm (2.05in.)
FFuusseerr
• 79.8mm (3.14in.)
• 62.5mm (2.46in.)
Does the distance between the
repeating defects match the toner
cartridge or imaging unit
measurements?
Go to step 2.
If the repeating defects match the
transfer roller or fuser
measurements, then contact
Contacting customer support.
Take note of the distance, and then
contact Contacting customer
support.
SStteepp 22
1 Replace the affected supply
item.
2 Print the document.
Do the repeating defects appear?
Contact Contacting customer
support.
The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 265
Troubleshoot a problem
PRINT JOBS DO NOT PRINT
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 From the document you are
trying to print, open the Print
dialog, and then check if you
have selected the correct
printer.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Check if the printer is on.
2 Resolve any error messages that
appear on the display.
3 Print the document.
Is the document printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Check if the ports are working
and if the cables are securely
connected to the computer and
the printer.
For more information, see the
setup documentation that came
with the printer.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 4.
SStteepp 44
1 Turn off the printer, wait for
about 10 seconds, and then
turn on the printer.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 5.
SStteepp 55
1 Remove, and then reinstall the
print driver.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
266 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
SLOW PRINTING
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Make sure that the printer cable is
securely connected to the printer
and to the computer, print server,
option, or other network device.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Make sure that the printer is not
in Quiet Mode.
From the home screen, touch
SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >
MMaaiinntteennaannccee >CCoonnffiigg MMeennuu
>DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss >QQuuiieett
MMooddee.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the print
resolution from the Printing
Preferences or Print dialog.
2 Set the resolution to 660000 ddppii.
3 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 44
1 From the home screen, touch
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
PPrriinntt RReessoolluuttiioonn.
2 Set the resolution to 660000 ddppii.
3 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 5. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 55
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
Go to step 6. The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 267
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel.
• Heavier paper prints more
slowly.
• Paper narrower than letter,
A4, and legal may print
more slowly.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
SStteepp 66
1 Make sure that the printer
settings for texture and weight
match the paper being loaded.
From the home screen, touch
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >MMeeddiiaa
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >MMeeddiiaa TTyyppeess.
Rough paper textures and heavy
paper weights may print more
slowly.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 7. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 77
Remove held jobs.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 8. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 88
1 Make sure that the printer is not
overheating.
• Allow the printer to cool
down after a long print job.
• Observe the recommended
ambient temperature for the
printer. For more
information, see Selecting a
location for the printer.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
268 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
JOB PRINTS FROM THE WRONG TRAY OR ON THE WRONG PAPER
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if you are printing on the
correct paper.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed on the
correct paper?
Go to step 2. Load the correct paper size and
paper type.
SStteepp 22
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper size
and paper type from the
Printing Preferences or Print
dialog.
You can also change the
settings on the printer control
panel. Navigate to: SSeettttiinnggss >
PPaappeerr >TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >
PPaappeerr SSiizzee//TTyyppee
2 Make sure that the settings
match the paper loaded.
3 Print the document.
Is the document printed on the
correct paper?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Check if the trays are linked.
For more information, see
Linking trays.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed from the
correct tray?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 269
Troubleshoot a problem
CONFIDENTIAL AND OTHER HELD DOCUMENTS DO NOT PRINT
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 From the control panel, check if
the documents appear in the
Held Jobs list.
If the documents are not listed,
then print the documents using
the Print and Hold options.
2 Print the documents.
Are the documents printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
The print job may contain a
formatting error or invalid data.
• Delete the print job, and then
send it again.
• For PDF files, generate a new
file, and then print the
documents.
Are the documents printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
270 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 33
If you are printing from the
Internet, then the printer may be
reading the multiple job titles as
duplicates.
FFoorr WWiinnddoowwss uusseerrss
1 Open the Printing Preferences
dialog.
2 From the Print and Hold tab,
click UUssee PPrriinntt aanndd HHoolldd, and
then click KKeeeepp dduupplliiccaattee
ddooccuummeennttss.
3 From the Confidential Print
section, enter a PIN.
4 Print the documents.
FFoorr MMaacciinnttoosshh uusseerrss
1 Save and name each job
differently.
2 Send the job individually.
Are the documents printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 4.
SStteepp 44
1 Delete some held jobs to free up
printer memory.
2 Print the documents.
Are the documents printed?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 271
Troubleshoot a problem
The printer is not responding
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Check if the power cord is
connected to the electrical outlet.
To avoid the risk of fire or electrical
shock, connect the power cord to an
appropriately rated and properly
grounded electrical outlet that is
near the product and easily
accessible.
Is the printer responding?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Check if the electrical outlet is
turned off by a switch or breaker.
Is the electrical outlet turned off by
a switch or breaker?
Turn on the switch or reset the
breaker.
Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
Check if the printer is on.
Is the printer on?
Go to step 4. Turn on the printer.
SStteepp 44
Check if the printer is in Sleep or
Hibernate mode.
Is the printer in Sleep or Hibernate
mode?
Press the power button to wake the
printer.
Go to step 5.
SStteepp 55
Check if the cables connecting the
printer and the computer are
inserted to the correct ports.
Are the cables inserted to the
correct ports?
Go to step 6. Insert the cables to the correct
ports.
SStteepp 66
Turn off the printer, install the
hardware options, and then turn on
the printer.
For more information, see the
documentation that came with the
The problem is solved. Go to step 7.
272 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
option.
Is the printer responding?
SStteepp 77
Install the correct print driver.
Is the printer responding?
The problem is solved. Go to step 8.
SStteepp 88
Turn off the printer, wait for about
10 seconds, and then turn on the
printer.
Is the printer responding?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 273
Troubleshoot a problem
Unable to read flash drive
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Check if the printer is not busy
processing another print, copy,
scan, or fax job.
Is the printer ready?
Go to step 2. Wait for the printer to finish
processing the other job.
SStteepp 22
Check if the flash drive is supported.
For more information, see
Supported flash drives and file
types.
Is the flash drive supported?
Go to step 3. Insert a supported flash drive.
SStteepp 33
Remove, and then insert the flash
drive.
Does the printer recognize the flash
drive?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
274 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
Network connection problems
CANNOT OPEN EMBEDDED WEB SERVER
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Check if the printer is on.
Is the printer on?
Go to step 2. Turn on the printer.
SStteepp 22
Make sure that the printer IP
address is correct.
• View the IP address on the
home screen.
• An IP address appears as four
sets of numbers separated by
periods, such as
123.123.123.123.
Is the printer IP address correct?
Go to step 3. Type the correct printer IP address
in the address field.
SStteepp 33
Check if you are using a supported
browser:
• Internet Explorer version 11 or
later
• Microsoft Edge
• Safari version 6 or later
• Google ChromeTM version 32 or
later
• Mozilla Firefox version 24 or
later
Is your browser supported?
Go to step 4. Install a supported browser.
SStteepp 44
Check if the network connection is
working.
Is the network connection working?
Go to step 5. Contact your administrator.
SStteepp 55
Make sure that the cable
connections to the printer and print
server are secure. For more
information, see the documentation
Go to step 6. Secure the cable connections.
276 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
that came with the printer.
Are the cable connections secure?
SStteepp 66
Check if the web proxy servers are
disabled.
Are the web proxy servers disabled?
Go to step 7. Contact your administrator.
SStteepp 77
Access the Embedded Web Server.
Did the Embedded Web Server
open?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
CANNOT CONNECT THE PRINTER TO THE WI-FI NETWORK
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Make sure that Active Adapter is set
to Auto.
From the home screen, touch
SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >
NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >AAccttiivvee
AAddaapptteerr >AAuuttoo.
Can the printer connect to the Wi-Fi
network?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Check if the correct Wi-Fi network is
selected.
Some routers may share the default
SSID.
Are you connecting to the correct
Wi-Fi network?
Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
Connect to the correct Wi-Fi
network. For more information, see
Connecting the printer to a Wi-Fi
network.
Can the printer connect to the Wi-Fi
network?
The problem is solved. Go to step 4.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 277
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 44
Check the wireless security mode.
From the home screen, touch
SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >
WWiirreelleessss >WWiirreelleessss SSeeccuurriittyy
MMooddee.
Is the correct wireless security mode
selected?
Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
SStteepp 55
Select the correct wireless security
mode.
Can the printer connect to the Wi-Fi
network?
The problem is solved. Go to step 6.
SStteepp 66
Make sure that you entered the
correct network password.
Take note of the spaces, numbers,
and capitalization in the password.
Can the printer connect to the Wi-Fi
network?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
278 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
Issues with supplies
REPLACE CARTRIDGE, PRINTER REGION MISMATCH
To correct this problem, purchase a cartridge with the correct region that matches the printer region, or purchase a
worldwide cartridge.
• The first number in the message after 42 indicates the region of the printer.
• The second number in the message after 42 indicates the region of the cartridge.
TTaabbllee 1122..11 PPrriinntteerr aanndd ttoonneerr ccaarrttrriiddggee rreeggiioonnss
RREEGGIIOONN NNUUMMEERRIICC CCOODDEE
Worldwide or Undefined region 0
North America (United States, Canada) 1
European Economic Area, Western Europe, Nordic
countries, Switzerland
2
Asia Pacific 3
Latin America 4
Rest of Europe, Middle East, Africa 5
Australia, New Zealand 6
Invalid region 9
Note: To find the region settings of the printer and toner cartridge, print the print quality test pages. From
the control panel, navigate to: SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess.
NON-XEROX SUPPLY
The printer has detected a non-Xerox part or supply installed in the printer.
Your Xerox printer is designed to function best with genuine Xerox supplies. Use of third-party supplies can affect
the performance, reliability, or life of the printer and its imaging components.
All life indicators are designed to function with Xerox supplies and can deliver unpredictable results if third-party
supplies are used. Imaging component usage beyond the intended life may damage your Xerox printer or
associated components.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Use of third-party supplies or parts can affect warranty coverage. Damage caused by the use
of third-party supplies or parts may not be covered by the warranty.
To accept any and all of these risks and to proceed with the use of non-genuine supplies in your printer, press and
hold X and OK simultaneously for 15 seconds.
If you do not want to accept these risks, then remove the third-party supply or part from your printer and install a
genuine Xerox supply or part. For more information, refer to Using Genuine Xerox Supplies.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 279
Troubleshoot a problem
Clearing jams
AVOIDING JAMS
Load paper properly
• Make sure that the paper lies flat in the tray.
CCOORRRREECCTT LLOOAADDIINNGG OOFF PPAAPPEERR IINNCCOORRRREECCTT LLOOAADDIINNGG OOFF PPAAPPEERR
• Do not load or remove a tray while the printer is printing.
• Do not load too much paper. Make sure that the stack height is below the maximum paper fill indicator.
• Do not slide paper into the tray. Load paper as shown in the illustration.
• Make sure that the paper guides are positioned correctly and are not pressing tightly against the paper or
envelopes.
• Push the tray firmly into the printer after loading paper.
Use recommended paper
• Use only recommended paper or specialty media.
• Do not load paper that is wrinkled, creased, damp, bent, or curled.
• Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.
280 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
• Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand.
• Do not mix paper sizes, weights, or types in the same tray.
• Make sure that the paper size and type are set correctly on the computer or printer control panel.
• Store paper according to manufacturer recommendations.
IDENTIFYING JAM LOCATIONS
• When Jam Assist is set to On, the printer flushes blank pages or pages with partial prints after a jammed page
has been cleared. Check your printed output for blank pages.
• When Jam Recovery is set to On or Auto, the printer reprints jammed pages.
1. Automatic document feeder
2. Standard bin
3. Multipurpose feeder
4. Trays
5. Duplex unit
6. Rear door
PAPER JAM IN THE AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER
1. Remove all original documents from the ADF tray.
2. Open the ADF cover.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 281
Troubleshoot a problem
3. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
4. Close the ADF cover.
PAPER JAM IN THE STANDARD OUTPUT TRAY
1. Raise the scanner, and then remove the jammed paper.
Note: Ensure that all paper fragments are removed.
2. Lower the scanner.
282 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
PAPER JAM IN THE MULTIPURPOSE FEEDER
1. Remove paper from the multipurpose feeder.
2. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Ensure that all paper fragments are removed.
3. Close the multipurpose feeder.
4. Open the front door.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed
metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 283
Troubleshoot a problem
5. Remove the imaging unit.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: Do not touch the photoconductor drum. Doing so may affect the
quality of future print jobs.
6. Remove the jammed paper.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
284 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
11. Reload paper.
PAPER JAM IN TRAYS
1. Remove the tray.
2. Open the front door.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed
metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
286 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
3. Remove the imaging unit.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: Do not touch the photoconductor drum. Doing so may affect the
quality of future print jobs.
4. Remove the jammed paper.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 287
Troubleshoot a problem
5. Insert the imaging unit.
6. Close the front door, then insert the tray.
7. Open the rear door.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
8. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
288 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
PAPER JAM IN THE DUPLEX UNIT
1. Open the front door.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed
metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
290 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
2. Remove the imaging unit.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: Do not touch the photoconductor drum. Doing so may affect the
quality of future print jobs.
3. Remove the jammed paper.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 291
Troubleshoot a problem
9. Close the duplex unit.
10. Insert the tray.
PAPER JAM IN THE REAR DOOR
1. Open the front door.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed
metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 293
Troubleshoot a problem
2. Remove the imaging unit.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: Do not expose the imaging unit to direct light for more than 10
minutes. Extended exposure to light may cause print quality problems.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: Do not touch the photoconductor drum. Doing so may affect the
quality of future print jobs.
294 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
3. Open the rear door.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
4. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
5. Close the rear door.
6. Insert the imaging unit.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 295
Troubleshoot a problem
Paper feed problems
ENVELOPE SEALS WHEN PRINTING
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Use an envelope that has been
stored in a dry environment.
Printing on envelopes with high
moisture content can seal the
flaps.
2 Send the print job.
Does the envelope seal when
printing?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Make sure that paper type is set
to Envelope.
From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Send the print job.
Does the envelope seal when
printing?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 297
Troubleshoot a problem
COLLATED PRINTING DOES NOT WORK
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >LLaayyoouutt >
CCoollllaattee
2 Touch OOnn [[11,,22,,11,,22,,11,,22]].
3 Print the document.
Is the document collated correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 From the document that you
are trying to print, open the
Print dialog, and then select
CCoollllaattee.
2 Print the document.
Is the document collated correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Reduce the number of pages to
print.
2 Print the document.
Are the pages collated correctly?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
298 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
TRAY LINKING DOES NOT WORK
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the trays contain the
same paper size and paper type.
2 Check if the paper guides are
positioned correctly.
3 Print the document.
Do the trays link correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 From the home screen, touch
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee.
2 Set the paper size and paper
type to match the paper loaded
in the linked trays.
3 Print the document.
Do the trays link correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Make sure that Tray Linking is
set to Automatic. For more
information, see Linking trays.
2 Print the document.
Do the trays link correctly?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 299
Troubleshoot a problem
PAPER FREQUENTLY JAMS
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Remove the tray.
2 Check if paper is loaded
correctly.
• Make sure that the paper
guides are positioned
correctly.
• Make sure that the stack
height is below the
maximum paper fill
indicator.
• Make sure to print on
recommended paper size
and type.
3 Insert the tray.
4 Print the document.
Do paper jams occur frequently?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Set the correct paper size and
type.
3 Print the document.
Do paper jams occur frequently?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Do paper jams occur frequently?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
300 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
JAMMED PAGES ARE NOT REPRINTED
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
1 From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >
NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss >JJaamm CCoonntteenntt
RReeccoovveerryy
2 In the Jam Recovery menu,
select OOnn or AAuuttoo.
3 Print the document.
Are the jammed pages reprinted?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 301
Troubleshoot a problem
E-mailing problems
DISABLING THE “SMTP SERVER NOT SET UP” ERROR MESSAGE
From the home screen, touch HHoommee >SSeettttiinnggss >EE--mmaaiill >EE--mmaaiill SSeettuupp >DDiissaabbllee ““SSMMTTPP SSeerrvveerr nnoott sseett uupp””
eerrrroorr >OOnn.
To prevent the error from happening again, do one of the following:
• Update the firmware. For more information, see Updating Software.
• Configure the e-mail SMTP settings. For more information, see Configuring the e-mail SMTP settings.
CANNOT SEND E-MAILS
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Make sure that the e-mail SMTP
settings are configured correctly.
For more information, refer to
Configuring the e-mail SMTP
settings.
Can you send an e-mail?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Make sure that you are using the
correct password. Depending on
your e-mail service provider, use
your account password, app
password, or authentication
password. For more information,
see Configuring the e-mail SMTP
settings.
Can you send an e-mail?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
Make sure that the printer is
connected to a network and that
the network is connected to the
Internet.
Can you send an e-mail?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
302 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
Faxing problems
CALLER ID IS NOT SHOWN
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
Enable caller ID.
From the home screen, touch
SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >FFaaxx
RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >AAddmmiinn
CCoonnttrroollss >EEnnaabbllee CCaalllleerr IIDD.
Does the caller ID appear?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
CANNOT SEND OR RECEIVE FAXES
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Resolve any error messages that
appear on the display.
Can you send or receive a fax?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Make sure that the cable
connections for the following
equipment are secure:
• Telephone
• Handset
• Answering machine
Can you send or receive a fax?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
Check for a dial tone.
• Call the fax number to check if it
is working properly.
• If you are using the On Hook
Dial feature, then turn up the
volume to check if you hear a
dial tone.
Can you hear a dial tone?
Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
SStteepp 44
Check the telephone wall jack.
The problem is solved. Go to step 5.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 303
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
1 Connect the analog telephone
directly to the wall jack.
2 Listen for a dial tone.
3 If you do not hear a dial tone,
then use a different telephone
cable.
4 If you still do not hear a dial
tone, then connect the analog
telephone to a different wall
jack.
5 If you hear a dial tone, then
connect the printer to that wall
jack.
Can you send or receive a fax?
SStteepp 55
Check if the printer is connected to
an analog phone service or to the
correct digital connector.
• If you are using an Integrated
Services for Digital Network
(ISDN) telephone service, then
connect to an analog telephone
port of an ISDN terminal
adapter. For more information,
contact your ISDN provider.
• If you are using DSL, then
connect to a DSL filter or router
that supports analog use. For
more information, contact your
DSL provider.
• If you are using a private
branch exchange (PBX)
telephone service, then make
sure that you are connecting to
an analog connection on the
PBX. If none exists, then
consider installing an analog
telephone line for the fax
machine.
Can you send or receive a fax?
The problem is solved. Go to step 6.
304 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 66
Temporarily disconnect other
equipment and disable other
telephone services.
1 Disconnect other equipment
(such as answering machines,
computers, modems, or
telephone line splitters) between
the printer and the telephone
line.
2 Disable call waiting and voice
mail. For more information,
contact your telephone
company.
Can you send or receive a fax?
The problem is solved. Go to step 7.
SStteepp 77
Scan the original document one
page at a time.
1 Dial the fax number.
2 Scan the document.
Can you send or receive a fax?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 305
Troubleshoot a problem
CAN RECEIVE BUT NOT SEND FAXES
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Load the original document
properly into the ADF tray or on the
scanner glass.
Can you send faxes?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Set up the shortcut number
properly.
• Check if the shortcut number is
set for the telephone number
that you want to dial.
• Dial the telephone number
manually.
Can you send faxes?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
CAN SEND BUT NOT RECEIVE FAXES
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Make sure that the paper source is
not empty.
Can you receive faxes?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Check the ring count delay settings.
From the control panel, touch
SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >FFaaxx
RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >RRiinnggss ttoo
AAnnsswweerr.
Can you receive faxes?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
If the printer is printing blank
pages, then see Blank or white
pages.
Can you receive faxes?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
306 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
POOR FAX PRINT QUALITY
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Make sure that there are no print
quality defects.
1 From the control panel, touch
SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >
PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess.
2 Correct any print quality defects.
For more information, see Print
quality is poor.
Is the fax print quality satisfactory?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Decrease the incoming fax
transmission speed.
1 From the control panel, touch
SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp>>
FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >AAddmmiinn
CCoonnttrroollss.
2 In the Max Speed menu, select
a lower transmission speed.
Is the fax print quality satisfactory?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 307
Troubleshoot a problem
Scanning problems
CANNOT SCAN TO A COMPUTER
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Perform a copy job.
Is the copy job successful?
Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Turn off the printer, wait for
about 10 seconds, and then
turn it back on.
2 Scan the document.
Can you scan the document to a
computer?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
Check the printer connectivity.
1 Print the Network Setup Page.
From the control panel, navigate
to: SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >
NNeettwwoorrkk >NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp
PPaaggee
2 Check the network status.
Is the printer connected to the
network?
Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
SStteepp 44
1 Connect the printer to the
network.
2 Scan the document.
Can you scan the document to a
computer?
The problem is solved. Go to step 5.
SStteepp 55
1 Make sure that the printer and
the computer are connected to
the same network.
2 Scan the document.
Can you scan the document to a
computer?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
308 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
CANNOT SCAN TO A NETWORK FOLDER
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Create a network folder
shortcut.
2 Scan a document using the
shortcut. For more information,
see Scanning to a network
folder using a shortcut.
Can you scan a document and save
it to a network folder?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Note: Make sure that the
network folder path and
format are correct. For
example, //server_
hostname/foldername/path,
where server hostname is a
fully qualified domain
(FQDN) or IP address.
Is the network folder path and
format correct?
Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
SStteepp 33
Make sure that you have a write
access permission to the network
folder.
Can you scan a document and save
it to a network folder?
The problem is solved. Go to step 4.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 309
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 44
Update the network folder shortcut.
1 Open a web browser, and then
type the printer IP address in
the address field.
• View the printer IP address
on the home screen. The IP
address appears as four sets
of numbers separated by
periods, such as
123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy
server, then temporarily
disable it to load the web
page correctly.
2 Click SShhoorrttccuuttss, and then select
a shortcut.
If you have multiple shortcut
types, then select Network
Folder.
3 In the Share Path field, type the
network folder path.
• If your share path is \
\server_hostname
\foldername\path, then type
//server_hostname/
foldername/path.
• Make sure that you use
forward slashes when typing
the share path.
4 From the Authentication menu,
select your authentication
method.
If Authentication is set to “Use
assigned username and
password,” then in the User
Name and Password fields, type
your credentials.
5 Click SSaavvee.
Can you scan a document and save
it to a network folder?
The problem is solved. Go to step 5.
SStteepp 55 The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
310 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
Make sure that the printer and the
network folder are connected to the
same network.
Can you scan a document and save
it to a network folder?
PARTIAL COPIES OF DOCUMENT OR PHOTO
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Make sure that the document or
photo is loaded facedown on
the upper left corner of the
scanner glass.
2 Copy the document or photo.
Is the document or photo copied
correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Match the paper size setting
and the paper loaded in the
tray.
2 Copy the document or photo.
Is the document or photo copied
correctly?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 311
Troubleshoot a problem
SCAN JOB WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Check the cable connections.
1 Make sure that the Ethernet or
USB cable is securely connected
to the computer and the printer.
2 Resend the scan job.
Is the scan job successful?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Check the file you want to scan.
1 Make sure that the file name is
not already used in the
destination folder.
2 Make sure that the document or
photo you want to scan is not
open in another application.
3 Resend the scan job.
Is the scan job successful?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Make sure that the AAppppeenndd
ttiimmee ssttaammpp or the OOvveerrwwrriittee
eexxiissttiinngg ffiillee check box is
selected in the destination
configuration settings.
2 Resend the scan job.
Is the scan job successful?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
312 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
POOR COPY QUALITY
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Clean the scanner glass and the
ADF glass with a damp, soft,
lint-free cloth.If your printer has
a second ADF glass inside the
ADF, then also clean that glass.
For more information, see
Cleaning the Scanner.
2 Make sure that the document or
photo is loaded facedown on
the upper left corner of the
scanner glass.
3 Copy the document or photo.
Is the copy quality satisfactory?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Check the quality of the original
document or photo.
2 Adjust the scan quality settings.
3 Copy the document or photo.
Is the copy quality satisfactory?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
VERTICAL DARK STREAKS ON OUTPUT WHEN SCANNING FROM THE ADF
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
1 Open the scanner cover.
2 Using a damp, soft, lint-free
cloth, wipe the ADF glass and
the ADF glass pad.
3 Close the scanner cover.
4 Scan the document.
Do vertical streaks appear on
scanned documents?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 313
Troubleshoot a problem
SCANNER DOES NOT CLOSE
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
Remove obstructions that keep the
scanner cover open.
Did the scanner cover close
correctly?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
SCANNING TAKES TOO LONG OR FREEZES THE COMPUTER
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
Close all applications that are
interfering with the scan.
Does scanning take too long or
freeze the computer?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
314 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
SCANNER DOES NOT RESPOND
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the power cord is
connected properly to the
printer and the electrical outlet.
To avoid the risk of fire or
electrical shock, connect the
power cord to an appropriately
rated and properly grounded
electrical outlet that is near the
product and easily accessible.
2 Copy or scan the document.
Is the scanner responding?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Check if the printer is turned on.
2 Resolve any error messages that
appear on the display.
3 Copy or scan the document.
Is the scanner responding?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Turn off the printer, wait for
about 10 seconds, and then
turn the printer on.
2 Copy or scan the document.
Is the scanner responding?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
ADJUSTING SCANNER REGISTRATION
1. From the control panel, navigate to: SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >MMaaiinntteennaannccee >CCoonnffiigg MMeennuu >SSccaannnneerr
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >SSccaannnneerr MMaannuuaall RReeggiissttrraattiioonn
2. Touch PPrriinntt QQuuiicckk TTeesstt.
3. Place the Print Quick Test page on the scanner glass, and then touch FFllaattbbeedd RReeggiissttrraattiioonn.
4. Touch CCooppyy QQuuiicckk TTeesstt.
5. Compare the Copy Quick Test page with the original document.
Note: If the margins of the test page are different from the original document, then adjust Left Margin and
Top Margin.
6. Repeat and until the margins of the Copy Quick Test page closely match the original document.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 315
Troubleshoot a problem
ADJUSTING ADF REGISTRATION
1. From the control panel, navigate to: SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >MMaaiinntteennaannccee >CCoonnffiigg MMeennuu >SSccaannnneerr
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >SSccaannnneerr MMaannuuaall RReeggiissttrraattiioonn
2. Touch PPrriinntt QQuuiicckk TTeesstt.
3. Place the Print Quick Test page on the ADF tray.
4. Touch FFrroonntt AADDFF RReeggiissttrraattiioonn or RReeaarr AADDFF RReeggiissttrraattiioonn.
• To align Front ADF Registration, place the test page faceup, short edge first into the ADF.
• To align Rear ADF Registration, place the test page facedown, short edge first into the ADF.
5. Touch CCooppyy QQuuiicckk TTeesstt.
6. Compare the Copy Quick Test page with the original document.
Note: If the margins of the test page are different from the original document, then adjust Horizontal
Adjust and Top Margin.
7. Repeat and until the margins of the Copy Quick Test page closely match the original document.
316 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshoot a problem
Contacting customer support
Before contacting customer support, make sure to have the following information:
• Printer problem
• Error message
• Printer model type and serial number
Go to receive e-mail or chat support, or browse through the library of manuals, support documentation, drivers, and
other downloads.
Technical support via telephone is also available. In the U.S. or Canada, call 1-800-539-6275. For other countries or
regions, go to www.xerox.com/supplies.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 317
Troubleshoot a problem
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 319
Regulatory Information
This appendix contains:
Basic Regulations...............................................................................................................................320
Copy Regulations...............................................................................................................................330
Material Safety Data Sheets ................................................................................................................333
Basic Regulations
NOISE EMISSION LEVELS
The following measurements were made in accordance with ISO 7779 and reported in conformance with ISO
9296.
Note: Some modes may not apply to your product.
11--MMEETTEERR AAVVEERRAAGGEE SSOOUUNNDD PPRREESSSSUURREE,, DDBBAA
Printing One-sided: 53
Two-sided: 50
Scanning 58
Copying 59
Ready 14
EUROPEAN UNION LOT 19 ECODESIGN DIRECTIVE
Per European Commission Ecodesign Directive, the light source contained within this product or its components is
intended to be used for Image Capture or Image Projection only, and is not intended for use in other applications.
STATIC SENSITIVITY NOTICE
This symbol identifies static-sensitive parts. Do not touch the areas near these symbols
without first touching a metal surface in an area away from the symbol.
To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge when performing maintenance tasks, such
as clearing paper jams or replacing supplies, touch any exposed metal frame of the printer
before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer, even if the symbol is not present.
ENERGY STAR
Any Xerox product bearing the ENERGY STAR emblem on the product or on a start-up
screen is certified to comply with Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) ENERGY STAR
requirements as of the date of manufacture.
320 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
TEMPERATURE INFORMATION
Ambient operating temperature 10 to 32.2°C (50 to 90°F)
Shipping temperature -40 to 40°C (–40 to 104°F)
Storage temperature and relative
humidity
-40 to 40°C (–40 to 104°F), 8 to 80% RH
INFORMACIÓN DE LA ENERGÍA DE MÉXICO
• Consumo de energía en operación: 550 Wh (B305), 600 (B315)
• Consumo de energía en modo de espera: 0.1 Wh
• Cantidad de producto por unidad de energía consumida: 4.36 páginas/Wh (B305), 4.20 páginas/Wh (B315)
LASER NOTICE
The printer is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR, Chapter I, Subchapter J for Class
I (1) laser products, and elsewhere is certified as a Class I laser product conforming to the requirements of IEC
60825-1: 2014.
Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The laser system and printer are designed so there is
never any human access to laser radiation above a Class I level during normal operation, user maintenance, or
prescribed service conditions. The printer has a non-serviceable printhead assembly that contains a laser with the
following specifications:
• Class: IIIb (3b) AlGalnP
• Nominal output power (milliwatts): 25
• Wavelength (nanometers): 775–800
POWER
Product Power Consumption
The following table documents the power consumption characteristics of the product.
Note: Some modes may not apply to your product.
MMOODDEE DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPOOWWEERR CCOONNSSUUMMPPTTIIOONN
((WWAATTTTSS))
Printing The product is generating hard-copy output from electronic inputs. One-sided: 530 (B305), 580
(B315)
Two-sided: 315 (B305), 330
(B315)
Copy The product is generating hard-copy output from hard-copy
original documents.
550 (B305), 600 (B315)
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 321
Regulatory Information
MMOODDEE DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPOOWWEERR CCOONNSSUUMMPPTTIIOONN
((WWAATTTTSS))
Scan The product is scanning hard-copy documents. 13 (B305), 14 (B315)
Ready The product is waiting for a print job. 6.5 (B305); 7.5 (B315)
Sleep Mode The product is in a high-level energy-saving mode. 0.8 (B305) or 1.1 (B315)
Hibernate The product is in a low-leel energy-saving mode. 0.1
Off The product is plugged into an electrical outlet, but the power
switch is turned off.
0.1
The power consumption levels listed in the previous table represent time-averaged measurements. Instantaneous
power draws may be substantially higher than the average.
Sleep Mode
This product is designed with an energy-saving mode called Sleep Mode. The Sleep Mode saves energy by lowering
power consumption during extended periods of inactivity. The Sleep Mode is automatically engaged after this
product is not used for a specified period of time, called the Sleep Mode Timeout.
Note: Factory default Sleep Mode Timeout for this product is 15 minutes.
By using the configuration menus, the Sleep Mode Timeout can be modified between 1 minute and 120 minutes. If
the print speed is less than or equal to 30 pages per minute, then you can set the timeout only up to 60 minutes.
Setting the Sleep Mode Timeout to a low value reduces energy consumption, but may increase the response time
of the product. Setting the Sleep Mode Timeout to a high value maintains a fast response, but uses more energy.
Hibernate Mode
This product is designed with an ultra-low power operating mode called Hibernate mode. When operating in
Hibernate Mode, all other systems and devices are powered down safely.
The Hibernate mode can be entered in any of the following methods:
• Using the Hibernate Timeout
• Using the Schedule Power modes
Note: Factory default Hibernate Timeout for this product in all countries or regions is 3 days.
The amount of time the printer waits after a job is printed before it enters Hibernate mode can be modified
between one hour and one month.
Off Mode
If this product has an off mode which still consumes a small amount of power, then to completely stop product
power consumption, disconnect the power supply cord from the electrical outlet.
322 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
Total Energy Usage
It is sometimes helpful to estimate the total product energy usage. Since power consumption claims are provided in
power units of Watts, the power consumption should be multiplied by the time the product spends in each mode in
order to calculate energy usage. The total product energy usage is the sum of each mode's energy usage.
TELECOMMUNICATION REGULATORY NOTICES
Regulatory Notices for Telecommunication Terminal Equipment
This section contains regulatory information pertaining to products that contain the analog facsimile card.
FCC Requirements Notice to Users of the US Telephone Network
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the Administrative Council
for Terminal Attachments (ACTA). On the back of this equipment is a label that contains, among other information,
a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to your
telephone company.
This equipment uses the RJ-11C Universal Service Order Code (USOC) jack.
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises’ wiring and telephone network must comply with
the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. Use a compliant telephone cord (RJ-11)
that is26 AWG or larger when connecting this product to the public switched telephone network. See your setup
documentation for more information.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a
telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming
call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices
that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact your local telephone company. For
products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format
US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (for example, 03 is a REN of
0.3). For earlier products, the REN is shown separately on the label.
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that
temporary discontinuance of service may be required. If advance notice is not practical, the telephone company will
notify the customer as soon as possible. You will also be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC.
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that could affect
the operation of this equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for
you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.
If you experience trouble with this equipment, for repair or warranty information, contact your point of purchase. If
the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect
the equipment until the problem is resolved.
This equipment contains no user serviceable parts. For repair and warranty information, contact your point of
purchase.
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service
commission, or corporation commission for information.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 323
Regulatory Information
If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure the installation of this
equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment,
consult your telephone company or a qualified installer.
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other
electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless said message clearly contains in a margin at
the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent
and an identification of the business or other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone
number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may
not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.)
Refer to your user documentation in order to program this information into your fax machine.
Notice to Users of the Canadian Telephone Network
This product meets the applicable Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada technical specifications.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) indicates the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a
telephone interface. The termination of an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the
requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices not exceed five. The REN is located on the product label.
This equipment uses CA11A telephone jacks.
Avis Réservé aux Utilisateurs du Réseau Téléphonique du Canada
Ce produit est conforme aux spécifications techniques d’Innovation, Sciences et Développement économique
Canada.
Le numéro REN (ringer equivalence number: numéro d’équivalence de sonnerie) indique le nombre maximum
d'appareils pouvant être connectés à l’interface téléphonique. En bout de ligne, le nombre d’appareils qui peuvent
être connectés n’est pas directement limité, mais la somme des REN de ces appareils ne doit pas dépasser cinq. Le
numéro REN est indiqué sur l'étiquette produit.
Cet équipement utilise des prises de téléphone CA11A.
Notice to Users of the New Zealand Telephone Network
The following are special conditions for the Facsimile User Instructions. The grant of a telepermit for any item of
terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for
connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of
warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of
telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of
Telecom's network services.
This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom “111” Emergency Service.
This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected to the same line.
This equipment should not be used under any circumstances that may constitute a nuisance to other Telecom
customers.
This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it
is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances.
The decadic (or pulse) dialing on this device is unsuitable for use on the Telecom network in New Zealand.
324 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
For correct operation, the total of all the Ringer Equivalence Numbers (RENs) of all parallel devices connected to the
same telephone line may not exceed 5. The REN of this device is located on the label.
This device uses an RJ-11C modular connector. Contact your point of purchase if a BT adapter is required.
Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's telepermit requirements are dependent on the
equipment associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits
for compliance to Telecom's specifications:
• There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30 minute period for any single
manual call initiation, and
• The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and
the beginning of the next call attempt.
• The equipment shall be set to ensure that automatic calls to different numbers are spaced such that there is
not less than 5 seconds between the end of one call attempt and the beginning of another.
Verwendung dieses Produkts in Deutschland
Für dieses Produkt muss ein deutscher Billing Tone Filter zur Zählzeichenübertragung für jede Leitung installiert
werden, über die in Deutschland Zeitsteuertakte übertragen werden. Zeitsteuertakte sind in analogen Leitungen in
Deutschland möglicherweise nicht vorhanden. Der Teilnehmer kann die Bereitstellung von Zeitsteuertakten
veranlassen oder beim deutschen Netzanbieter telefonisch deren Deaktivierung beantragen. Im Regelfall werden
Zeitsteuertakte nur dann bereitgestellt, wenn dies vom Teilnehmer bei der Installation ausdrücklich erwünscht wird.
Using this Product in Switzerland
This product requires a Swiss billing tone filter to be installed on any line which receives metering pulses in
Switzerland.
Utilisation de ce produit en Suisse
Cet appareil nécessite l’utilisation d’un filtre de tonalité de facturation suisse devant être installé sur toute ligne
recevant des impulsions de comptage en Suisse.
Verwendung dieses Produkts in der Schweiz
Für dieses Produkt muss ein schweizerischer Billing Tone Filter zur Zählzeichenübertragung für jede Leitung installiert
werden, über die in der Schweiz Zeitsteuertakte übertragen werden.
Uso del prodotto in Svizzera
Questo prodotto richiede un filtro toni Billing svizzero, da installare su tutte le linee che ricevono impulsi remoti in
Svizzera.
REGULATORY NOTICES FOR WIRELESS PRODUCTS
This section contains regulatory information that applies only to wireless models.
If in doubt as to whether your model is a wireless model, go to http://support.xerox.com.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 325
Regulatory Information
Modular Component Notice
Wireless models contain modular components. To determine which modular components are installed in your
particular product, refer to the labeling on your actual product.
Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation
The radiated output power of this device is far below the radio frequency exposure limits of the FCC and other
regulatory agencies. A minimum separation of 20 cm (8 inches) must be maintained between the antenna and any
persons for this device to satisfy the RF exposure requirements of the FCC and other regulatory agencies.
Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license-exempt RSS standards.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the
device.
Innovation, Sciences et Développement économique Canada
Cet appareil est conforme aux normes RSS exemptes de licence d'Innovation, Sciences et Développement
économique Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:
1. Cet appareil ne doit pas causer d'interférences et
2. Il doit accepter toutes les interférences, y compris les celles qui peuvent entraîner un fonctionnement
indésirable.
European Union and European Economic Area Compliance
The CE mark applied to this product indicates compliance to applicable EU Directives. The full text
of the EU Declaration of Conformity is located at https://www.xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs.
Restrictions
This radio equipment is restricted to indoor use only. Outdoor use is prohibited. This restriction applies to all the
countries listed in the table below:
AT BE BG CH CY CZ
DE DK EE EL ES FI
FR HR HU IE IS IT
326 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
LI LT LU LV MT
NL NO PL PT RO
SE SI SK TR UK
EU and Other Countries Statement of Radio Transmitter Operational Frequency Bands and Maximum RF Power
This radio product transmits in either the 2.4GHz (2.412–2.472 GHz in the EU) or 5GHz (5.15–5.35, 5.47–5.725 in
the EU) bands. The maximum transmitter EIRP power output, including antenna gain, is ≤ 20dBm for both bands.
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (FCC) COMPLIANCE INFORMATION STATEMENT
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
The FCC Class B limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the
equipment is operated in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult your point of purchase or service representative for additional suggestions.
The manufacturer is not responsible for radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended
cables or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications
could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
Note: To assure compliance with FCC regulations on electromagnetic interference for a Class B computing
device, use a properly shielded and grounded cable. Use of a substitute cable not properly shielded and
grounded may result in a violation of FCC regulations.
For more information on Environment, Health, and Safety in relation to this Xerox product and supplies, contact the
following:
WWeebb aaddddrreessss:https://www.xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs
CCaallll ((UUSS aanndd CCaannaaddaa oonnllyy)): 1–800–ASK-XEROX (1–800–275–9376)
EEmmaaiill: EHS-Europe@xerox.com
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 327
Regulatory Information
INNOVATION, SCIENCE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CANADA COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard
ICES-003.
Avis de conformité aux normes de l’Innovation, Sciences et Développement économique Canada
Cet appareil numérique de classe B est conforme aux exigences de la norme canadienne relative aux équipements
pouvant causer des interférences NMB-003.
GERMANY
Germany - Blue Angel
RAL, the German Institute for Quality Assurance and Labeling, has awarded the following
configuration of this device the Blue Angel Environmental Label:
Network printer with automatic 2-sided printing and USB or network connectivity.
This label distinguishes it as a device that satisfies Blue Angel criteria for environmental
acceptability in terms of device design, manufacture, and operation. For more information,
go to www.blauer-engel.de.
Blendschutz
Das Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz vorgesehen. Um
störende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt nicht im unmittelbaren
Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.
Importeur
Xerox GmbH
Hellersbergstraße 2-4
41460 Neuss
Deutschland
TURKEY ROHS REGULATION
In compliance with Article 7 (d), we hereby certify “it is in compliance with the EEE regulation.”
“EEE yönetmeliğine uygundur.”
UKRAINE ROHS COMPLIANCE
Обладнання відповідаєвимогам Технічного регламенту щодо обмеження
використання деяких небезпечних речовин в електричному та електронному
328 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
обладнані, затвердженого постановою Кабінету Міністрів України від 3 грудня
2008 № 1057.
(The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of
Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in
electrical and electronic equipment.)
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 329
Regulatory Information
Copy Regulations
UNITED STATES
Congress, by statute, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain circumstances. Penalties
of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such reproductions.
1. Obligations or Securities of the United States Government, such as:
• Certificates of Indebtedness.
• National Bank Currency.
• Coupons from Bonds.
• Federal Reserve Bank Notes.
• Silver Certificates.
• Gold Certificates.
• United States Bonds.
• Treasury Notes.
• Federal Reserve Notes.
• Fractional Notes.
• Certificates of Deposit.
• Paper Money.
• Bonds and Obligations of certain agencies of the government, such as FHA and so on.
• Bonds. United States Savings Bonds may be photographed only for publicity purposes in connection with
the campaign for the sale of such bonds.
• Internal Revenue Stamps. If it is necessary to reproduce a legal document on which there is a canceled
revenue stamp, this may be done provided the reproduction of the document is performed for lawful
purposes.
• Postage Stamps, canceled or uncanceled. For philatelic purposes, Postage Stamps may be photographed,
provided the reproduction is in black and white and is less than 75% or more than 150% of the linear
dimensions of the original.
• Postal Money Orders.
• Bills, Checks, or Drafts of money drawn by or upon authorized officers of the United States.
• Stamps and other representatives of value, of whatever denomination, which have been or may be issued
under any Act of Congress.
• Adjusted Compensation Certificates for Veterans of the World Wars.
2. Obligations or Securities of any Foreign Government, Bank, or Corporation.
3. Copyrighted materials, unless permission of the copyright owner has been obtained or the reproduction falls
within the “fair use” or library reproduction rights provisions of the copyright law. Further information of these
provisions may be obtained from the Copyright Office, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for
Circular R21.
330 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
4. Certificate of Citizenship or Naturalization. Foreign Naturalization Certificates may be photographed.
5. Passports. Foreign Passports may be photographed.
6. Immigration papers.
7. Draft Registration Cards.
8. Selective Service Induction papers that bear any of the following Registrant’s information:
• Earnings or Income.
• Court Record.
• Physical or mental condition.
• Dependency Status.
• Previous military service.
• Exception: United States military discharge certificates may be photographed.
9. Badges, Identification Cards, Passes, or Insignia carried by military personnel, or by members of the various
Federal Departments, such as FBI, Treasure, and so on (unless photograph is ordered by the head of such
department or bureau).
Reproducing the following is also prohibited in certain states:
• Automobile Licenses.
• Drivers’ Licenses.
• Automobile Certificates of Title.
The preceding list is not all inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt,
consult your attorney.
For more information about these provisions contact the Copyright Office, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.
20559. Ask for Circular R21.
CANADA
Parliament, by stature, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain circumstances.
Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such reproductions.
• Current bank notes or current paper money
• Obligations or securities of a government or bank
• Exchequer bill paper or revenue paper
• The public seal of Canada or of a province, or the seal of a public body or authority in Canada, or of a court of
law
• Proclamations, orders, regulations, or appointments, or notices thereof (with intent to falsely cause same to
purport to have been printed by the Queens Printer for Canada, or the equivalent printer for a province)
• Marks, brands, seals, wrappers, or designs used by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of a province,
the government of a state other than Canada or a department, board, Commission, or agency established by
the Government of Canada or of a province or of a government of a state other than Canada
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 331
Regulatory Information
• Impressed or adhesive stamps used for the purpose of revenue by the Government of Canada or of a province
or by the government of a state other than Canada
• Documents, registers, or records kept by public officials charged with the duty of making or issuing certified
copies thereof, where the copy falsely purports to be a certified copy thereof
• Copyrighted material or trademarks of any manner or kind without the consent of the copyright or trademark
owner
This list is provided for your convenience and assistance, but it is not all-inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its
completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, consult your solicitor.
OTHER COUNTRIES
Copying certain documents may be illegal in your country. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on
those found guilty of making such reproductions.
• Currency notes
• Bank notes and checks
• Bank and government bonds and securities
• Passports and identification cards
• Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner
• Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments
This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, contact
your legal counsel.
332 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
Material Safety Data Sheets
For Material Safety Data information regarding your printer, go to:
• Web Address: https://safetysheets.business.xerox.com/en-us/
• United States and Canada: 1-800-ASK-XEROX (1-800-275-9376)
• Other markets, send an email request to EHS-Europe@xerox.com
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 333
Regulatory Information
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 335
Recycling and Disposal
This appendix contains:
Product Disposal and Recycling.............................................................................................................336
North America...................................................................................................................................337
Xerox Green World Alliance..................................................................................................................338
Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive . .. ....... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .. .. 339
North America
Xerox operates an equipment take-back and reuse and recycle program. Contact your Xerox representative (1–800–
ASK-XEROX) to determine if this Xerox product is part of the program. For more information about Xerox
environmental programs, go to https://www.xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 337
Recycling and Disposal
Xerox Green World Alliance
The Xerox Green World Alliance Program allows you to return qualified supplies to Xerox for reuse or recycling. One
hundred percent of the empty cartridges returned to Xerox are either reused or de-manufactured for recycling. The
boxes used to return the cartridges are also recycled.
To return Xerox cartridges for reuse or recycling, do the following:
1. Go to https://www.xerox.com/office/recycle.
2. Click RReeccyycclliinngg.
3. Select an option for return.
338 Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide
Recycling and Disposal
Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive
The WEEE logo signifies specific recycling programs and procedures for electronic products
in countries of the European Union. We encourage the recycling of our products.
If you have further questions about recycling options, contact your local sales office.
INDIA E-WASTE NOTICE
This product including components, consumables, parts and spares complies with the “India E-Waste Rules” and
prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers
in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight and 0.01% by weight for cadmium, except for the exemption set in
the Rule.
Xerox®B305/B315 Multifunction Printer User Guide 339
Recycling and Disposal